diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'lang/python/doc')
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/Makefile.am | 61 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/README | 47 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/meta/TODO.org | 251 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/meta/old-commits.log | 2445 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/rst/_build/README | 1 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/rst/_static/README | 1 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/rst/_templates/README | 1 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/rst/conf.py | 184 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/src/gpgme-python-howto.org | 3379 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/src/index.org | 29 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/src/maintenance-mode.org | 135 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/src/short-history.org | 187 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/src/what-is-new.org | 54 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/src/what-was-new.org | 106 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lang/python/doc/texinfo/texinfo.tex | 8962 |
15 files changed, 0 insertions, 15843 deletions
diff --git a/lang/python/doc/Makefile.am b/lang/python/doc/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index ec8a75fc..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.am for the Python bindings. -# Copyright (C) 2019 g10 Code GmbH -# -# This file is part of GPGME. -# -# GPGME is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as -# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the -# License, or (at your option) any later version. -# -# GPGME is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -# ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY -# or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General -# Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public -# License along with this program; if not, see <https://gnu.org/licenses/>. -# SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later - -EXTRA_DIST = README rst src texinfo - -if MAINTAINER_MODE - -ORGSRCS = index.org gpgme-python-howto.org maintenance-mode.org \ - short-history.org what-is-new.org what-was-new.org - -# Make sure we have 'rst' and 'texinfo' dirs in build directory -.PHONY: the_doc_dirs gen_rst gen_texi - -the_doc_dirs: - @if test ! -d rst; then echo $(MKDIR_P) rst; $(MKDIR_P) rst; fi - @if test ! -d texinfo; then echo $(MKDIR_P) texinfo; $(MKDIR_P) texinfo; fi - -# Generate RST files from ORG -gen_rst: - @for f in $(ORGSRCS); do if test ! -e rst/$${f%.org}.rst \ - -o rst/$${f%.org}.rst -ot $(srcdir)/src/$$f; then \ - echo pandoc -f org -t rst $(srcdir)/src/$$f -o rst/$${f%.org}.rst; \ - pandoc -f org -t rst $(srcdir)/src/$$f -o rst/$${f%.org}.rst; \ - fi; \ - done - -# Generate Texinfo files from ORG -gen_texi: - @for f in $(ORGSRCS); do if test ! -e texinfo/$${f%.org}.texi \ - -o texinfo/$${f%.org}.texi -ot $(srcdir)/src/$$f; then \ - echo pandoc -f org -t texinfo $(srcdir)/src/$$f -o texinfo/$${f%.org}.texi; \ - pandoc -f org -t texinfo $(srcdir)/src/$$f -o texinfo/$${f%.org}.texi; \ - fi; \ - done - -all-local: gen_rst gen_texi - -gen_rst gen_texi: the_doc_dirs - -maintainer-clean-local: - @for f in $(ORGSRCS); do \ - echo rm -f rst/$${f%.org}.rst texinfo/$${f%.org}.texi; \ - rm -f rst/$${f%.org}.rst texinfo/$${f%.org}.texi; \ - done -endif diff --git a/lang/python/doc/README b/lang/python/doc/README deleted file mode 100644 index 76f19080..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -GPGME Python Bindings Documentation -=================================== - -As the GPGME Python bindings exist in two worlds within the FOSS -universe, it's always had a little issue with regards to its -documentation and specifically to the format of it. The GnuPG -Project, like much of the rest of the GNU Project, uses Texinfo to -build its documentation. While the actual format used to write and -edit that documentation is Org mode. Largely because most, if not -all, of the GnuPG developers use GNU Emacs for much of their work. - -The Python world, however, utilises reStructuredText almost -universally. This in turn is used by Sphinx or Docutils directly to -build the documentation. - -Each has various advantages for their own ecisystems, but this part of -the GnuPG effort is aimed at both sides. So, long story short, this -documentation is provided as both Texinfo and reStructuredText files. - -This docs directory contains four main subdirectories: - - 1. meta - 2. src - 3. rst - 4. texinfo - -The Meta directory is for docs that are not intended for distribution -or are about the docs themselves. The sole exception being this -README file. - -The Src directory is where the original edited files are, from which -the following two formats are generated initially. Most, if not all, -of these are written in Org Mode. - -The ReST directory contains reStructuredText files which have been -converted to that format from the Org Mode files via Pandoc. - -The Texinfo directory contains Texinfo files which have been exported -to that format from the Org Mode files by Org Mode itself within GNU -Emacs. - -Those latter two directories should then be used by their respective -build systems to produce the various output file formats they normally -do. They should not spill out into this parent directory. -Particularly since it is quite possible, perhaps even likely, that -alternatives to both of them may be added to this parent documentation -directory at some future point. diff --git a/lang/python/doc/meta/TODO.org b/lang/python/doc/meta/TODO.org deleted file mode 100644 index 0be99b30..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/meta/TODO.org +++ /dev/null @@ -1,251 +0,0 @@ -#+TITLE: Stuff To Do -#+LATEX_COMPILER: xelatex -#+LATEX_CLASS: article -#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [12pt] -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage{xltxtra} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \setmainfont[Ligatures={Common}]{Latin Modern Roman} - -* Project Task List - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: task-list - :END: - -** DONE Documentation default format - CLOSED: [2018-02-15 Thu 21:29] - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-docs-default - :END: - - Decide on a default file format for documentation. The two main - contenders being Org Mode, the default for the GnuPG Project and - reStructuredText, the default for Python projects. A third option - of DITA XML was considered due to a number of beneficial features - it provides. - - The decision was made to use Org Mode in order to fully integrate - with the rest of the GPGME and GnuPG documentation. It is possible - to produce reST versions via Pandoc and DITA XML can be reached - through converting to either Markdown or XHTML first. - - -** TODO Documentation build systems - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-docs-build-systems - :END: - -Though Org Mode is being used for the default documentation format, it -still needs to end up as usable by end users. So the Org Mode files -are used to produce the "source" files used by the two main contenders -for documenting the bindings: Texinfo and ReStructuredText/Docutils. - - -*** TODO Texinfo documentation - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-docs-build-texinfo - :END: - -Need to add all of Texinfo's ... special systems to make it do its -things. - - -*** TODO ReStructuredText documentation - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-docs-build-docutils - :END: - -Need to run Sphinx's quick start, add it to the requirements and tweak -the index page for the rst files to point to the HOWTO and other files. - -It might just be easier to do all that in Org Mode and convert the -lot, then the Sphinx bits can be automated. - - -** STARTED Documentation HOWTO - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-docs-howto - :END: - - - State "STARTED" from "TODO" [2018-03-08 Thu 13:59] \\ - Started yesterday. - Write a HOWTO style guide for the current Python bindings. - -*** DONE Start python bindings HOWTO - CLOSED: [2018-03-07 Wed 18:14] - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-start - :END: - - -*** STARTED Include certain specific instructions in the HOWTO - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-requests - :END: - - Note: moved the S/MIME bits out to their own section of the TODO - list and may be served better by separate HOWTO documentation - anyway. - - - State "STARTED" from "TODO" [2018-03-09 Fri 15:27] - Some functions can be worked out from the handful of examples - available, but many more can't and I've already begun receiving - requests for certain functions to be explained. - - -**** DONE Standard scenarios - CLOSED: [2018-03-19 Mon 12:34] - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-the-basics - :END: - - - State "DONE" from "STARTED" [2018-03-19 Mon 12:34] \\ - All four of those are done. - - State "STARTED" from "TODO" [2018-03-09 Fri 15:26] \\ - Began with the example code, now to add the text. - What everyone expects: encryption, decryption, signing and verifying. - - -**** STARTED Key control - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-key-control - :END: - - - State "STARTED" from "TODO" [2018-03-19 Mon 12:35] \\ - Generating keys and subkeys are done, but revocation is still to be done. - Generating keys, adding subkeys, revoking subkeys (and keeping - the cert key), adding and revoking UIDs, signing/certifying keys. - - -**** DONE More key control - CLOSED: [2018-03-19 Mon 12:36] - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-key-selection - :END: - - - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2018-03-19 Mon 12:36] \\ - Key selection, searching, matching and counting is done. - Selecting keys to encrypt to or manipulate in other ways (e.g. as - with key control or the basics). - - -** TODO Documentation SWIG - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-docs-swig - :END: - - Write documentation for the complete SWIG bindings demonstrating - the correspondence with GPGME itself. - - Note: it is likely that this will be more in the nature of - something to be used in conjunction with the existing GPGME - documentation which makes it easier for Python developers to use. - - -** TODO GUI examples - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-gui-examples - :END: - - Create some examples of using Python bindings in a GUI application - to either match or be similar to the old GTK2 examples available - with PyME. - - -** TODO Replace SWIG - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-replace-swig - :END: - - Selecting SWIG for this project in 2002 was understandable and - effectively the only viable option. The options available now, - however, are significantly improved and some of those would resolve - a number of existing problems with using SWIG, particularly when - running code on both POSIX compliant and Windows platforms. - - The long term goal is to replace SWIG by reimplementing the Python - bindings using a more suitable means of interfacing with the GPGME - C source code. - - -*** TODO Replacement for SWIG - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-replace-swig-replacement - :END: - - Decide on a replacement for SWIG. Currently CFFI is looking like - the most viable candidate, but some additional testing and checks - are yet to be completed. - - -** TODO API for an API - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: todo-api-squared - :END: - - A C API like GPGME is not what most modern developers think of when - they hear the term API. Normally they think of something they can - interact with like a RESTful web API. Though RESTful is unlikely - given the nature of GPGME and the process of encryption, it may be - possible to provide a more familiar interface which can be utilised - by developers of other languages for which bindings are not - available or for which it is too difficult to create proper - bindings. - - -** TODO S/MIME - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: s-mime - :END: - - Eventually add some of this, but the OpenPGP details are far more - important at the moment. - - -* Project Task Details - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: detailed-tasks - :END: - -** Working examples - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: working-examples - :END: - - The old GUI examples were unable to be retained since they depended - on GTK2 and Python 2's integration with GTK2. - - Current GPGME examples so far only include command line tools or - basic Python code for use with either Python 2.7 or Python 3.4 and - above. - - Future GUI examples ought to utilise available GUI modules and - libraries supported by Python 3. This may include Qt frameworks, - Tkinter, GTK3 or something else entirely. - -** Documentation - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: documentation - :END: - - The legacy documentation which no longer applies to the Python - bindings has been removed. - - Current and future documentation will adhere to the GnuPG standard - of using Org Mode and not use the reStructuredText (reST) format - more commonly associated with Python documentation. The reasons - for this are that this project is best served as shipping with the - rest of GPGME and the documentation ought to match that. There are - also aspects of Org Mode's publishing features which are superior - to the defaults of reST, including the capacity to generate fully - validating strict XHTML output. - - If reST files are required at a later point for future inclusion - with other Python packages, then that format can be generated from - the .org files with Pandoc before being leveraged by either - Docutils, Sphinx or something else. - - While there are some advanced typesetting features of reST which - are not directly available to Org Mode, more often than not those - features are best implemented with either HTML and CSS, with LaTeX - to produce a PDF or via a number of XML solutions. Both reST and - Org Mode have multiple paths by which to achieve all of these. diff --git a/lang/python/doc/meta/old-commits.log b/lang/python/doc/meta/old-commits.log deleted file mode 100644 index eb870cda..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/meta/old-commits.log +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2445 +0,0 @@ -commit 2145348ec54c6027f2ea20f695de0277e2871405 -Merge: 348ba88 2036f1a -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 6 03:04:19 2015 +1000 - - Merge pull request #4 from Hasimir/master - - history - -commit 2036f1a0a670a0561993e195c458059220b36114 -Merge: dbabf0c 348ba88 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 6 02:57:44 2015 +1000 - - Merge branch 'master' of github:adversary-org/pyme3 - -commit dbabf0cf1f2985755c2293b619011832e34faa9c -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 6 02:52:23 2015 +1000 - - Added a short history - - * A (very) brief summary of the project's history since 2002. - * Deals with why the commit log in the GPGME repo does not include the - history of PyME. - * Mentions that intact git repos will be maintained, but not where they - are (one will be on github, another will be in a user directory on - playfair.gnupg.org). - - docs/Short_History.rst | 57 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 1 file changed, 57 insertions(+) - -commit 348ba883424778c711c04ae9b66035ccdb36eb8c -Merge: 127d0a5 7c37a27 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 6 02:21:34 2015 +1000 - - Merge pull request #3 from Hasimir/master - - Version release preparation - -commit 7c37a27a6845c58222d4d947c2efbe38e955b612 -Merge: f692cff 127d0a5 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 6 02:17:14 2015 +1000 - - Merge branch 'master' of github:adversary-org/pyme3 - -commit f692cff50a89c2c61acdbd3d7dd60f5ce3cd15af -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 6 02:09:44 2015 +1000 - - TODO update - - * Removed reference to GitHub, replaced with impending new home at gnupg.org. - - docs/TODO.rst | 4 ++-- - 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit bd5ccf9e3bfe69fa681613757577e87b72ca08ec -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 6 02:00:44 2015 +1000 - - Version bump - - * Bumped version number to 0.9.1 to keep it somewhat in line with the - existing PyME project, even though there will be some divergence at - some point (or even re-merging, depending on how many of the Python 3 - modifications can be back-ported to the Python 2 version). - * Updated the author and copyright information to reflect the two - current authors (Martin and I). - * Replaced Igor's contact details with mine. - * Replaced project home page with the GnuPG one. - - pyme/version.py | 16 +++++++++------- - 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) - -commit ec167512f4ca88d8f6e89e2ae831798c8283b4df -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 6 01:48:01 2015 +1000 - - README preparation. - - * Changes in preparation for impending move of code to the GnuPG git - server as a part of GPGME. - - README.rst | 14 +++++++------- - 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) - -commit 8a48515e884c36b5bdb24a13cb4d2e49f4ee6f17 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 6 01:43:53 2015 +1000 - - TODO moved to docs - - * As it says. - - TODO.rst | 25 ------------------------- - docs/TODO.rst | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 2 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) - -commit f968c777472f01f308f6e57eac1740bf5c76c205 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 16:52:13 2015 +1000 - - Started another TODO file. - - TODO.rst | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+) - -commit 127d0a56fa9f7ad1d4fb39d0b529b890a8d67365 -Merge: db72dea 44837f6 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 14:59:44 2015 +1000 - - Merge pull request #2 from Hasimir/master - - Minor editing. - -commit 44837f6e50fc539c86aef1f75a6a3538b02029ea -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 14:56:55 2015 +1000 - - Minor editing. - - * Fixed another URL. - * Changed Py3 version's version number to v0.9.1-beta0. - - README.rst | 4 ++-- - 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit db72deaae19c3513391df040bcaf66a88d9213af -Merge: db34286 48eb185 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 14:26:11 2015 +1000 - - Merge pull request #1 from Hasimir/master - - Links - -commit 48eb1856cb0739cc9f0b9084da9d965e1fc7fddd -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 14:22:30 2015 +1000 - - Links - - * Fixed URLs for authors. - * Updated my entry to point to github location. - ** I strongly suspect the result of this work will be concurrent - projects, so preparing for that eventuality with this repo. - - README.rst | 8 ++++---- - 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) - -commit db3428659783f30b9a76204403daedf9fc4cf7cf -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 11:29:00 2015 +1000 - - Explicit over Implicit ... - - ... isn't just for code. - - * Removed the 2to3 working directory and its contents. - * Made the README.rst file a little more clear that this branch is for - Python 3 (set Python 3.2 as a fairly arbitrary requirement for the - moment, but will probably raise this to 3.3). - - 2to3/2to3-output-remaining.log | 60 --- - 2to3/2to3-output-setup.log | 35 -- - 2to3/2to3-output.log | 950 ----------------------------------------- - README.rst | 10 +- - 4 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 1048 deletions(-) - -commit 3edf07a4ba8a86af3a33246234d6e133074862af -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 11:19:41 2015 +1000 - - Added authors. - - * In alphabetical order. - * Mine will need updating once Martin and I have decided what to do - regarding the two main branches. - - README.rst | 12 ++++++++++++ - 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) - -commit 811eb14b53e8856312d99f46b77215f7f9bd672c -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 10:23:00 2015 +1000 - - Docs and other things. - - * Now able to import pyme.core without error, indicates port process is - successful. - * Code is *not* compatible with the Python 2 version. - * Will need to consider making this a parallel project with the master - branch. - * Got rid of the .org TODO file. - * Changed the README to use the reST file extension since it's full of - reST anyway. - - 2to3/TODO.org | 5 ----- - README.rst | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - README.txt | 32 -------------------------------- - 3 files changed, 32 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-) - -commit 79e784bdcce1de6f7856921b5431044c62c6f015 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 10:18:40 2015 +1000 - - Fixed another implicit import by making it explicit. Hopefully this is the last one. - - pyme/util.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 2b52b46ccda3e7abcc50eed0745062259d698661 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 10:16:01 2015 +1000 - - Fixed another implicit import by making it explicit. - - pyme/errors.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 409c8fd565e21f23cd41daaeffc867e6d23a0863 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 10:08:22 2015 +1000 - - Bytes vs. Unicode - - * Trying PyBytes instead of PyUnicode. - - gpgme.i | 14 +++++++------- - helpers.c | 8 ++++---- - 2 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) - -commit d8164aa2ae98bf8c807c16e2d9be12c5fbea7cfd -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 09:22:58 2015 +1000 - - String to Unicode - - * Replaced all instances of PyString with PyUnicode (and hoping there's - no byte data in there). - - gpgme.i | 14 +++++++------- - helpers.c | 8 ++++---- - 2 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) - -commit bd99b7865656e559b17c419c6b64b412a22c6c44 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 09:17:06 2015 +1000 - - PyInt_AsLong - - * Replaced all instances of PyInt with PyLong, as per C API docs. - - gpgme.i | 4 ++-- - helpers.c | 8 ++++---- - 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) - -commit 3c91e2ccf8ca788b51e3308e292c6b64888fdb15 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 05:59:36 2015 +1000 - - Import correction - - * Once pygpgme.py is generated and moved, it will be in the right - directory for the explicit "from . import pygpgme" to be correct. - - pyme/core.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 23a49e7070812ff1ce138d8d4cc46d0b80328897 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 05:38:29 2015 +1000 - - The -py3 flag. - - Makefile | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit b1549587d6db5e33081b9c20f75d1348a1d25938 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 05:01:42 2015 +1000 - - Fixed indentation - 4. - - pyme/core.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit a685142ce46761ee6f5176e90717176e38e0d24f -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 05:00:16 2015 +1000 - - Fixed indentation - 3. - - pyme/core.py | 5 ++--- - 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit 488a70b490cc64eb1c47d2483cb2f4079c6767f7 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 04:53:21 2015 +1000 - - Pet Peeve - - def pet_peeve(self): - peeve = print("people who don't press return after a colon!") - - FFS! - - pyme/core.py | 5 +++-- - 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit a5d38eb47d64bb17bb609fe594dae2aca480bac9 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 04:47:54 2015 +1000 - - Fixed indentation - 2. - - pyme/core.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 476a207f732b8559abb1ea3c23147c0e34804730 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 04:46:01 2015 +1000 - - Fixed indentation. - - pyme/core.py | 4 ++-- - 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit 0572900eba9bcd9b0283c7d8e022e8972f06f9f8 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 04:43:49 2015 +1000 - - Replaced all tabs with 4 spaces. - - pyme/core.py | 18 +++++++++--------- - 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) - -commit 78c0b7677e94ce1e11b8cdb833a9064527187330 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 04:39:07 2015 +1000 - - SWIG flags in the wrong place. - - Makefile | 4 ++-- - 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit dfa7f2589963494a8f89277560d8c1116604a3c8 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 04:35:09 2015 +1000 - - Fixed subprocess call for swig (again). - - setup.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 249bfd8c714dcda53127b99b6cc8a6c7c4a99f20 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 04:32:40 2015 +1000 - - Fixed subprocess call for swig. - - setup.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 6fd7e719cf4c975f466ceb39835db7007df36fb2 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 3 03:51:48 2015 +1000 - - Linking swig to py3 - - * Changed the swig invocations to run with the -python -py3 flags explicitly. - - Makefile | 4 ++-- - setup.py | 2 +- - 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit 7a6b584f50ed6ddc8617a642185eea1f24ff791a -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 2 11:12:00 2015 +1000 - - String fun - - * streamlined confdata details, including decoding strom binary to string. - - setup.py | 4 +--- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit f7fd3f270592021a95a8f779bfe85ac18f4e390b -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 2 10:46:59 2015 +1000 - - Open File - - * Removed deprecated file() and replaced with open(). - - examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 2 +- - examples/pygpa.py | 6 +++--- - gpgme-h-clean.py | 2 +- - 3 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) - -commit 4227d486f9558015e7e548d71085e58e1b50ec08 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 2 10:36:15 2015 +1000 - - print() fix - - * Makefile includes a python print, changed from statement to function. - - Makefile | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 406f7f2567b701502186fe0a325dc2a3491ff7f8 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 2 10:28:42 2015 +1000 - - Updated Makefile - - * set make to use python3 instead. - * This will mean a successful port may need to be maintained separately - from the original python2 code instead of merged, but ought to be able - to share most things. So maybe merge with separated make files or a - pre-make script to set python2 or python3 prior to building ... decide - later, after it works. - - Makefile | 6 +++--- - 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit 90b3efa5b193d37e08dc9b4ee766ba9ebc9412af -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 2 10:15:20 2015 +1000 - - Env and a little license issue - - * Updated all the /usr/bin/env paths to point to python3. - * Also fixed the hard coded /usr/bin/python paths. - * Updated part of setup.py which gave the impression this package was - only licensed under the GPL (it's actually licensed under the LGPL as - well, essentially the same dual licensing as the GPGME library). - - examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 2 +- - examples/delkey.py | 2 +- - examples/encrypt-to-all.py | 2 +- - examples/exportimport.py | 2 +- - examples/genkey.py | 2 +- - examples/inter-edit.py | 2 +- - examples/pygpa.py | 2 +- - examples/sign.py | 2 +- - examples/signverify.py | 2 +- - examples/simple.py | 2 +- - examples/t-edit.py | 2 +- - examples/testCMSgetkey.py | 2 +- - examples/verifydetails.py | 2 +- - gpgme-h-clean.py | 2 +- - setup.py | 4 ++-- - 15 files changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) - -commit 1a4b55dbccd2774344352e579130bf494bc5fa4b -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 2 08:50:54 2015 +1000 - - Removed extraneous files. - - * The two .bak files. - - pyme/errors.py.bak | 46 --------------------- - setup.py.bak | 116 ----------------------------------------------------- - 2 files changed, 162 deletions(-) - -commit 208879d4f2a6d0514c3f8ee2fc0da8bba42350de -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 2 08:19:37 2015 +1000 - - Added TODO.org - - * TODO list in Emacs org-mode. - * Will eventually be removed along with this entire directory when the - porting process is complete. - - 2to3/TODO.org | 5 +++++ - 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) - -commit 1548bf201059638675c5387c6f124d4b703363a9 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 2 07:58:40 2015 +1000 - - 2to3 conversion of remaining files - - * Ran the extended version against all the unmodified python files. - * Only pyme/errors.py required additional work. - - 2to3/2to3-output-remaining.log | 60 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/errors.py | 2 +- - pyme/errors.py.bak | 46 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 3 files changed, 107 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 1230650bc6bbe4c14d1284f7877aa932f3e86eb4 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 2 07:50:39 2015 +1000 - - 2to3 conversion of setup.py - - * Ran extended 2to3 command to produce python 3 code for setup.py. - * Effectively testing for what to run against the other originally - unmodified py2 files. - - 2to3/2to3-output-setup.log | 35 ++++++++++++++ - setup.py | 7 ++- - setup.py.bak | 116 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 3 files changed, 154 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) - -commit edad44955f59aa879e95a369591717fb19eec6b7 -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Fri May 1 21:50:07 2015 +1000 - - Removing 2to3 generated .bak files. - - * Not really needed with a real VCS, but couldn't hurt to have them for - a couple of revisions. ;) - - examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py.bak | 663 --------------- - examples/encrypt-to-all.py.bak | 65 -- - examples/exportimport.py.bak | 75 -- - examples/genkey.py.bak | 45 - - examples/inter-edit.py.bak | 57 -- - examples/pygpa.py.bak | 1457 -------------------------------- - examples/sign.py.bak | 31 - - examples/signverify.py.bak | 78 -- - examples/simple.py.bak | 52 -- - examples/t-edit.py.bak | 59 -- - examples/testCMSgetkey.py.bak | 45 - - examples/verifydetails.py.bak | 100 --- - gpgme-h-clean.py.bak | 42 - - pyme/callbacks.py.bak | 47 -- - pyme/constants/data/__init__.py.bak | 4 - - pyme/constants/keylist/__init__.py.bak | 4 - - pyme/constants/sig/__init__.py.bak | 4 - - pyme/core.py.bak | 463 ---------- - pyme/util.py.bak | 72 -- - pyme/version.py.bak | 41 - - 20 files changed, 3404 deletions(-) - -commit 1cfc3c969f885ed191610bffbbd60ac23fdd349e -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Fri May 1 21:45:50 2015 +1000 - - 2to3 conversion log - - * The output of the command to convert the code from Python 2 to 3. - * Note: this contains the list of files which were not modified and - which will or may need to be modified. - - 2to3/2to3-output.log | 950 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 1 file changed, 950 insertions(+) - -commit 078f6cf878aa62d12704fab424198a613a24cc8c -Author: Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -Date: Fri May 1 21:36:58 2015 +1000 - - 2to3 conversion of pyme master - - * Branch from commit 459f3eca659b4949e394c4a032d9ce2053e6c721 - * Ran this: or x in `find . | egrep .py$` ; do 2to3 -w $x; done ; - * Multiple files not modified, will record elsewhere (see next commit). - - examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 10 +- - examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py.bak | 663 +++++++++++++++ - examples/encrypt-to-all.py | 12 +- - examples/encrypt-to-all.py.bak | 65 ++ - examples/exportimport.py | 20 +- - examples/exportimport.py.bak | 75 ++ - examples/genkey.py | 2 +- - examples/genkey.py.bak | 45 + - examples/inter-edit.py | 8 +- - examples/inter-edit.py.bak | 57 ++ - examples/pygpa.py | 40 +- - examples/pygpa.py.bak | 1457 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - examples/sign.py | 2 +- - examples/sign.py.bak | 31 + - examples/signverify.py | 18 +- - examples/signverify.py.bak | 78 ++ - examples/simple.py | 8 +- - examples/simple.py.bak | 52 ++ - examples/t-edit.py | 12 +- - examples/t-edit.py.bak | 59 ++ - examples/testCMSgetkey.py | 8 +- - examples/testCMSgetkey.py.bak | 45 + - examples/verifydetails.py | 34 +- - examples/verifydetails.py.bak | 100 +++ - gpgme-h-clean.py | 2 +- - gpgme-h-clean.py.bak | 42 + - pyme/callbacks.py | 6 +- - pyme/callbacks.py.bak | 47 ++ - pyme/constants/data/__init__.py | 2 +- - pyme/constants/data/__init__.py.bak | 4 + - pyme/constants/keylist/__init__.py | 2 +- - pyme/constants/keylist/__init__.py.bak | 4 + - pyme/constants/sig/__init__.py | 2 +- - pyme/constants/sig/__init__.py.bak | 4 + - pyme/core.py | 26 +- - pyme/core.py.bak | 463 ++++++++++ - pyme/util.py | 6 +- - pyme/util.py.bak | 72 ++ - pyme/version.py | 2 +- - pyme/version.py.bak | 41 + - 40 files changed, 3515 insertions(+), 111 deletions(-) - -commit 459f3eca659b4949e394c4a032d9ce2053e6c721 -Merge: c5966ab dae7f14 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Wed Jul 9 10:48:33 2014 +0100 - - Merged in jerrykan/pyme/fix_setup_26 (pull request #1) - - Provide support for using setup.py with Python v2.6 - -commit dae7f14a54e6c2bde0ad4da7308cc7fc0d0c0469 -Author: John Kristensen <[email protected]> -Date: Wed Jul 9 15:54:39 2014 +1000 - - Provide support for using setup.py with Python v2.6 - - The setup.py script uses subprocess.check_output() which was introduced - in Python v2.7. The equivalent functionality can be achieved without - adding much extra code and provide support for Python v2.6. - - setup.py | 4 +++- - 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit c5966abec9d772b3922d32650da288fd50a217be -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Thu May 15 19:43:00 2014 +0100 - - README.txt in ReST, including headlines - - README.txt | 8 ++++++-- - 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit 43ee8c6f34fa9b6d3975aa6ea60b3d4a741fa721 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Thu May 15 19:37:15 2014 +0100 - - README.txt in ReST - - README.txt | 25 +++++++++++++------------ - 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) - -commit f71a369484cba8801df23ccc5842335fa496c0df -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Thu May 15 19:28:12 2014 +0100 - - added MANIFEST.in and README.txt (instead of .md) - - MANIFEST.in | 6 ++++++ - README.md | 27 --------------------------- - README.txt | 27 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 3 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 27 deletions(-) - -commit d0d6755229f920b0bed043e9c2731de2d57c096c -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Tue May 13 09:52:44 2014 +0100 - - added mailing list to README - - README.md | 19 ++++++++++++++++--- - 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit 30ca60ddf92df684de261cb24c83c68089be0adc -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 11 13:34:28 2014 +0100 - - we don't need a separate out of date ChangeLog file - - ChangeLog | 802 -------------------------------------------------------------- - 1 file changed, 802 deletions(-) - -commit 8263f1a6d38fdb7f5f3dd5c7e28f83caa7528a08 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sun May 11 13:32:31 2014 +0100 - - adding README.md - - README.md | 14 ++++++++++++++ - 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+) - -commit 3fc71b47e9e14b0b984801c28d722723baa4b406 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 10 15:43:06 2014 +0100 - - ValueError -> RuntimeError - - setup.py | 4 ++-- - 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit eec432abea56296b9fa36aac0d10926a2335b739 -Merge: eea6537 d2738b3 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 10 15:41:02 2014 +0100 - - Merge branch 'master' of bitbucket.org:malb/pyme - - Conflicts: - setup.py - -commit eea6537921061b4dcfc54e00a99d3fa110e71433 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 10 15:39:51 2014 +0100 - - check for swig - - setup.py | 8 ++++++++ - 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) - -commit 53867bf9715ee1b4ea873bf5e2fbb7d9740a2b4a -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 10 15:35:04 2014 +0100 - - more friendly error message if gpgme is missing - - setup.py | 8 +++++++- - 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit d2738b35d63b1492d69641c5466103685f2d3a30 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 10 15:35:04 2014 +0100 - - more friendly error message if gpgme is missing - - setup.py | 8 +++++++- - 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit c0b01240becf8ba6cf1d4c1f64b2cb4c056f5163 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Fri May 9 15:20:24 2014 +0100 - - version number should have three digits - - pyme/version.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 6672bb60b9bec60d38e854016c48658b57774578 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Wed May 7 15:11:08 2014 +0100 - - bump version number for upcoming release - - pyme/version.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 7bd6de700f33ca5d1f27bc16ebbd401f21d2e788 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 3 19:36:25 2014 +0100 - - bump version number to indicate changes - - pyme/version.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 4fb6bd9b3f47c1a343242ac83b326cacd12a136e -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 3 19:34:07 2014 +0100 - - pyme instead of pygpgme - - setup.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 9548973138d78241a45ccb82333b25f2cf36ce7d -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 3 19:31:10 2014 +0100 - - dirty hack to make 'python setup.py install' work - - setup.py | 7 ++++--- - 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit a961d7eab9db478b7e603324bc5d243bd3c84bad -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 3 19:05:44 2014 +0100 - - moved everything down to the toplevel directory - - COPYING | 340 ++ - COPYING.LESSER | 510 +++ - ChangeLog | 802 +++++ - INSTALL | 15 + - Makefile | 104 + - debian/README.Debian | 6 + - debian/changelog | 93 + - debian/control | 34 + - debian/copyright | 25 + - debian/docs | 2 + - debian/examples | 2 + - debian/rules | 99 + - examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.glade | 1394 ++++++++ - examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.gladep | 8 + - examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 663 ++++ - examples/delkey.py | 34 + - examples/encrypt-to-all.py | 65 + - examples/exportimport.py | 75 + - examples/genkey.py | 45 + - examples/inter-edit.py | 57 + - examples/pygpa.glade | 5546 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - examples/pygpa.py | 1457 ++++++++ - examples/sign.py | 31 + - examples/signverify.py | 78 + - examples/simple.py | 52 + - examples/t-edit.py | 59 + - examples/testCMSgetkey.py | 45 + - examples/verifydetails.py | 100 + - gpgme-h-clean.py | 42 + - gpgme.i | 267 ++ - helpers.c | 154 + - helpers.h | 36 + - pyme/COPYING | 340 -- - pyme/COPYING.LESSER | 510 --- - pyme/ChangeLog | 802 ----- - pyme/INSTALL | 15 - - pyme/Makefile | 104 - - pyme/__init__.py | 137 + - pyme/callbacks.py | 47 + - pyme/constants/__init__.py | 7 + - pyme/constants/data/__init__.py | 4 + - pyme/constants/data/encoding.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/event.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/import.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/keylist/__init__.py | 4 + - pyme/constants/keylist/mode.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/md.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/pk.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/protocol.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/sig/__init__.py | 4 + - pyme/constants/sig/mode.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/sigsum.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/status.py | 20 + - pyme/constants/validity.py | 20 + - pyme/core.py | 463 +++ - pyme/debian/README.Debian | 6 - - pyme/debian/changelog | 93 - - pyme/debian/control | 34 - - pyme/debian/copyright | 25 - - pyme/debian/docs | 2 - - pyme/debian/examples | 2 - - pyme/debian/rules | 99 - - pyme/errors.py | 46 + - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.glade | 1394 -------- - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.gladep | 8 - - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 663 ---- - pyme/examples/delkey.py | 34 - - pyme/examples/encrypt-to-all.py | 65 - - pyme/examples/exportimport.py | 75 - - pyme/examples/genkey.py | 45 - - pyme/examples/inter-edit.py | 57 - - pyme/examples/pygpa.glade | 5546 ------------------------------- - pyme/examples/pygpa.py | 1457 -------- - pyme/examples/sign.py | 31 - - pyme/examples/signverify.py | 78 - - pyme/examples/simple.py | 52 - - pyme/examples/t-edit.py | 59 - - pyme/examples/testCMSgetkey.py | 45 - - pyme/examples/verifydetails.py | 100 - - pyme/gpgme-h-clean.py | 42 - - pyme/gpgme.i | 267 -- - pyme/helpers.c | 154 - - pyme/helpers.h | 36 - - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 137 - - pyme/pyme/callbacks.py | 47 - - pyme/pyme/constants/__init__.py | 7 - - pyme/pyme/constants/data/__init__.py | 4 - - pyme/pyme/constants/data/encoding.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/event.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/import.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/keylist/__init__.py | 4 - - pyme/pyme/constants/keylist/mode.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/md.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/pk.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/protocol.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/sig/__init__.py | 4 - - pyme/pyme/constants/sig/mode.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/sigsum.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/status.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/constants/validity.py | 20 - - pyme/pyme/core.py | 463 --- - pyme/pyme/errors.py | 46 - - pyme/pyme/util.py | 72 - - pyme/pyme/version.py | 41 - - pyme/setup.py | 99 - - pyme/util.py | 72 + - pyme/version.py | 41 + - setup.py | 99 + - 108 files changed, 13384 insertions(+), 13384 deletions(-) - -commit 8148cdd424c434e833ce427612ea8c89abc6e41c -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Sat May 3 18:58:52 2014 +0100 - - removing pyme-web - - pyme-web/Makefile | 15 - - pyme-web/default.css | 37 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/ASCII-Armor.html | 57 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Advanced-Key-Editing.html | 98 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Algorithms.html | 47 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Building-the-Source.html | 82 ---- - .../doc/gpgme/Callback-Based-Data-Buffers.html | 148 ------ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Cancellation.html | 67 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Concept-Index.html | 186 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Context-Attributes.html | 52 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Contexts.html | 61 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Creating-Contexts.html | 49 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Creating-Data-Buffers.html | 47 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Creating-a-Signature.html | 143 ------ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Crypto-Engine.html | 79 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Crypto-Operations.html | 67 --- - .../doc/gpgme/Cryptographic-Message-Syntax.html | 42 -- - .../doc/gpgme/Data-Buffer-I_002fO-Operations.html | 104 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Data-Buffer-Meta_002dData.html | 100 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Decrypt-and-Verify.html | 79 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Decrypt.html | 123 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Deleting-Keys.html | 67 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Destroying-Contexts.html | 46 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Destroying-Data-Buffers.html | 70 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Encrypt.html | 45 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Encrypting-a-Plaintext.html | 147 ------ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Engine-Configuration.html | 65 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Engine-Information.html | 119 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Engine-Version-Check.html | 48 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Codes.html | 133 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Handling.html | 72 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Sources.html | 89 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Strings.html | 80 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Values.html | 159 ------ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Exchanging-Data.html | 58 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Exporting-Keys.html | 101 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Features.html | 59 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/File-Based-Data-Buffers.html | 74 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Function-and-Data-Index.html | 229 --------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Generating-Keys.html | 144 ------ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Getting-Started.html | 55 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Hash-Algorithms.html | 59 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Header.html | 53 -- - .../doc/gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Example-GDK.html | 85 ---- - .../gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Example-GTK_002b.html | 86 ---- - .../doc/gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Example-Qt.html | 99 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Example.html | 259 ---------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Interface.html | 142 ------ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Importing-Keys.html | 171 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Included-Certificates.html | 70 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Information-About-Keys.html | 207 -------- - .../doc/gpgme/Information-About-Trust-Items.html | 75 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Introduction.html | 53 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Key-Listing-Mode.html | 99 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Key-Management.html | 260 ---------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Key-Signatures.html | 130 ----- - .../doc/gpgme/Largefile-Support-_0028LFS_0029.html | 110 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Library-Copying.html | 542 --------------------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Library-Version-Check.html | 97 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Listing-Keys.html | 204 -------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Listing-Trust-Items.html | 88 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Locale.html | 69 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Manipulating-Data-Buffers.html | 45 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Manipulating-Keys.html | 63 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Manipulating-Trust-Items.html | 62 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Memory-Based-Data-Buffers.html | 107 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Multi-Threading.html | 93 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/OpenPGP.html | 44 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Overview.html | 57 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Passphrase-Callback.html | 101 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Preparation.html | 54 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Progress-Meter-Callback.html | 80 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Protocol-Selection.html | 60 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Protocols-and-Engines.html | 82 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Public-Key-Algorithms.html | 74 --- - .../doc/gpgme/Registering-I_002fO-Callbacks.html | 81 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Run-Control.html | 53 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Selecting-Signers.html | 64 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Sign.html | 50 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Signal-Handling.html | 61 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Signature-Notation-Data.html | 85 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Text-Mode.html | 63 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Trust-Item-Management.html | 68 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Using-Automake.html | 74 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Using-External-Event-Loops.html | 74 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Using-Libtool.html | 44 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Verify.html | 492 ------------------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Waiting-For-Completion.html | 77 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/index.html | 169 ------- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/index.html | 164 ------- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.callbacks.html | 42 -- - .../doc/pyme/pyme.constants.data.encoding.html | 48 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.data.html | 29 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.event.html | 48 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.html | 39 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.import.html | 49 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.keylist.html | 29 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.keylist.mode.html | 49 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.md.html | 58 --- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.pk.html | 50 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.protocol.html | 48 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.sig.html | 29 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.sig.mode.html | 47 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.sigsum.html | 55 --- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.status.html | 126 ----- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.validity.html | 50 -- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.core.html | 277 ----------- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.errors.html | 82 ---- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.html | 164 ------- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.util.html | 81 --- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.version.html | 37 -- - pyme-web/index.html | 72 --- - 112 files changed, 10551 deletions(-) - -commit 684d95feb7e10e538a56fb1b27f1456111bacb60 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Mon Jan 6 17:44:20 2014 +0100 - - fixing op_export_keys() - - the conversion of gpgme_key_t [] was restricted to gpgme_key_t [] with the - name recv, i.e. only the use-cases of encryption were covered. - - see: http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/forum.php?forum_name=pyme-help&max_rows=25&style=nested&viewmonth=201309 - - pyme/gpgme.i | 6 +++--- - 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit 658d23b95110d21eeb50abf4e74701a667521a88 -Author: Martin Albrecht <[email protected]> -Date: Mon Jan 6 17:41:33 2014 +0100 - - deleting CVSROOT - - CVSROOT/checkoutlist | 13 ------------- - CVSROOT/commitinfo | 15 --------------- - CVSROOT/config | 21 --------------------- - CVSROOT/cvswrappers | 19 ------------------- - CVSROOT/editinfo | 21 --------------------- - CVSROOT/loginfo | 26 -------------------------- - CVSROOT/modules | 26 -------------------------- - CVSROOT/notify | 12 ------------ - CVSROOT/rcsinfo | 13 ------------- - CVSROOT/taginfo | 20 -------------------- - CVSROOT/verifymsg | 21 --------------------- - 11 files changed, 207 deletions(-) - -commit 576b555499c094c4786d42de9e59aa9826009b89 -Author: convert-repo <devnull@localhost> -Date: Mon Jan 6 15:22:44 2014 +0000 - - update tags - -commit 2dcf0c5b702eb5a18c66ff1e42a72eaa7427af1d -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Nov 26 02:38:33 2008 +0000 - - Move Windows specific fix from helpers.c to helpers.h so that it works - for edit callback as well as for the passphrase one. - - pyme/helpers.c | 5 ----- - pyme/helpers.h | 5 +++++ - 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) - -commit 42a035f2ef62470fea7a7f8ee33a1297fa90a603 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Mon Nov 24 21:44:30 2008 +0000 - - Update the way build directives are constructed on MinGW to have a bit - more robust. Update PyMe build version to 0.8.1 in version.py - - pyme/pyme/version.py | 2 +- - pyme/setup.py | 10 ++++++++-- - 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit 3aaa20fbcba17066c9ffd580f5209946022793a2 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Mon Nov 24 06:57:11 2008 +0000 - - Update changelog - - pyme/debian/changelog | 5 ++++- - 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 689ff46b2550547e3883f809a6dc40c22c3e137e -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Mon Nov 24 06:50:41 2008 +0000 - - Fix hang problem on Windows when password is written to a filehandle. - Fix the way path is constructed on MinGW platform. - - pyme/helpers.c | 5 +++++ - pyme/setup.py | 4 ++-- - 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit 852a60d541d66cb56f40378182b976fd87a02c46 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sun Nov 23 04:31:31 2008 +0000 - - Add Bernard's example testCMSgetkey.py and his updates for - verifydetails.py - - pyme/examples/testCMSgetkey.py | 45 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/examples/verifydetails.py | 43 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------- - 2 files changed, 77 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) - -commit f080527d9184f3360f0a8ef6136b9a188d8e7d2a -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu May 29 18:29:37 2008 +0000 - - Remove debian packaging for python2.3 since it is removed from both - testing and unstable dists. - Update docs build target to have correct PYTHONPATH set. - - pyme/Makefile | 2 +- - pyme/debian/changelog | 4 +++- - pyme/debian/control | 4 ++-- - pyme/debian/rules | 2 -- - 4 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) - -commit c25d133fcbadf3c7f6e655586b4a05d6e3cf6f0b -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Apr 3 13:37:12 2008 +0000 - - Forgot to adjust mainText margin. Doing it now. - - pyme-web/default.css | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 897286a54a32336d060cd03305cdecb7905f34f1 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Apr 3 13:00:11 2008 +0000 - - Fix an error in default.css and make index.html "Standards Compliant". - - pyme-web/default.css | 2 +- - pyme-web/index.html | 7 ++++--- - 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) - -commit 4e049212bd214449cc0ba1ce06e00782783f328a -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Apr 3 12:38:42 2008 +0000 - - Adjust spacing between links. - - pyme-web/default.css | 9 ++++++--- - 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit cb2bddfbd77483b1deb14f2eab0715a03dd33fcd -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 2 22:50:21 2008 +0000 - - Make style a big more IE friendly. - - pyme-web/default.css | 15 +++++++++++---- - 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) - -commit ad66f0a1bb01b46baac328e9fee439b35a60c232 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 2 11:58:32 2008 +0000 - - Make GPGME documentation a bit more web friendly on the index.html page. - - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Algorithms.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Concept-Index.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Contexts.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Handling.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Exchanging-Data.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Function-and-Data-Index.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Introduction.html | 4 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Library-Copying.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Preparation.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Protocols-and-Engines.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/index.html | 229 +----------------------- - 11 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 239 deletions(-) - -commit 4f57c0ccb049d4442e7732e2d1d05dabffd2a21d -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 2 06:12:57 2008 +0000 - - Add missing core.set_locale() to set default locale for contexts. - - pyme/debian/changelog | 2 +- - pyme/pyme/core.py | 4 ++++ - 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit acf7ead3dea8590cf9fe86b67bb125837ad6ed4f -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 2 05:50:24 2008 +0000 - - Avoid leaks caused by keys. - Add set/get methods for engine info. - - pyme/debian/changelog | 10 ++++++++++ - pyme/pyme/core.py | 24 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 2 files changed, 34 insertions(+) - -commit df4a2fb518adbb6420d95ce74af212c87abff7e7 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 2 04:04:41 2008 +0000 - - Update index.html to reflect new versions on the web. - - pyme-web/Makefile | 3 ++- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/index.html | 4 +--- - pyme-web/index.html | 4 ++-- - 3 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) - -commit bd3ffc9bdf98d6aafde6b689c6c8215fa468612d -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 2 04:01:04 2008 +0000 - - Update PyMe documentation to match 0.8.0 version of the package. - - pyme-web/doc/pyme/index.html | 14 ++++----- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.keylist.mode.html | 1 + - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.protocol.html | 4 ++- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.status.html | 9 ++++++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.core.html | 36 ++++++++++++++++++---- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.errors.html | 8 ++--- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.html | 14 ++++----- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.util.html | 17 ++++++++-- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.version.html | 14 ++++----- - 9 files changed, 82 insertions(+), 35 deletions(-) - -commit 6973a69a317608a0d0661590d701f4e3f3a21b32 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 2 02:35:24 2008 +0000 - - Have a fix for Contents being put onto 'Function and Data Index' page. - - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Concept-Index.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Function-and-Data-Index.html | 153 +---------------------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/index.html | 154 +++++++++++++++++++++++- - 3 files changed, 155 insertions(+), 154 deletions(-) - -commit 086315964cbc2abad1187f306dcb9c72ac3257f3 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 2 01:00:29 2008 +0000 - - Update GPGME documentation. It's for v1.1.6 now. - - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/ASCII-Armor.html | 57 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Advanced-Key-Editing.html | 98 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Algorithms.html | 47 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Building-the-Source.html | 82 +++ - .../doc/gpgme/Callback-Based-Data-Buffers.html | 148 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Cancellation.html | 67 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Concept-Index.html | 186 ++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Context-Attributes.html | 52 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Contexts.html | 61 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Creating-Contexts.html | 49 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Creating-Data-Buffers.html | 47 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Creating-a-Signature.html | 143 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Crypto-Engine.html | 79 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Crypto-Operations.html | 67 ++ - .../doc/gpgme/Cryptographic-Message-Syntax.html | 42 ++ - .../doc/gpgme/Data-Buffer-I_002fO-Operations.html | 104 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Data-Buffer-Meta_002dData.html | 100 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Decrypt-and-Verify.html | 79 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Decrypt.html | 123 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Deleting-Keys.html | 67 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Destroying-Contexts.html | 46 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Destroying-Data-Buffers.html | 70 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Encrypt.html | 45 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Encrypting-a-Plaintext.html | 147 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Engine-Configuration.html | 65 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Engine-Information.html | 119 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Engine-Version-Check.html | 48 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Codes.html | 133 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Handling.html | 72 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Sources.html | 89 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Strings.html | 80 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Error-Values.html | 159 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Exchanging-Data.html | 58 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Exporting-Keys.html | 101 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Features.html | 59 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/File-Based-Data-Buffers.html | 74 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Function-and-Data-Index.html | 380 ++++++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Generating-Keys.html | 144 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Getting-Started.html | 55 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Hash-Algorithms.html | 59 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Header.html | 53 ++ - .../doc/gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Example-GDK.html | 85 +++ - .../gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Example-GTK_002b.html | 86 +++ - .../doc/gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Example-Qt.html | 99 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Example.html | 259 ++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/I_002fO-Callback-Interface.html | 142 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Importing-Keys.html | 171 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Included-Certificates.html | 70 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Information-About-Keys.html | 207 +++++++ - .../doc/gpgme/Information-About-Trust-Items.html | 75 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Introduction.html | 53 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Key-Listing-Mode.html | 99 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Key-Management.html | 260 ++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Key-Signatures.html | 130 ++++ - .../doc/gpgme/Largefile-Support-_0028LFS_0029.html | 110 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Library-Copying.html | 542 ++++++++++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Library-Version-Check.html | 97 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Listing-Keys.html | 204 ++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Listing-Trust-Items.html | 88 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Locale.html | 69 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Manipulating-Data-Buffers.html | 45 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Manipulating-Keys.html | 63 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Manipulating-Trust-Items.html | 62 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Memory-Based-Data-Buffers.html | 107 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Multi-Threading.html | 93 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/OpenPGP.html | 44 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Overview.html | 57 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Passphrase-Callback.html | 101 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Preparation.html | 54 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Progress-Meter-Callback.html | 80 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Protocol-Selection.html | 60 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Protocols-and-Engines.html | 82 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Public-Key-Algorithms.html | 74 +++ - .../doc/gpgme/Registering-I_002fO-Callbacks.html | 81 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Run-Control.html | 53 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Selecting-Signers.html | 64 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Sign.html | 50 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Signal-Handling.html | 61 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Signature-Notation-Data.html | 85 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Text-Mode.html | 63 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Trust-Item-Management.html | 68 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Using-Automake.html | 74 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Using-External-Event-Loops.html | 74 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Using-Libtool.html | 44 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Verify.html | 492 +++++++++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/Waiting-For-Completion.html | 77 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme.html | 251 -------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_1.html | 76 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_10.html | 61 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_11.html | 130 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_12.html | 82 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_13.html | 130 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_14.html | 108 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_15.html | 69 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_16.html | 169 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_17.html | 63 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_18.html | 63 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_19.html | 66 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_2.html | 79 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_20.html | 120 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_21.html | 102 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_22.html | 108 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_23.html | 237 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_24.html | 154 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_25.html | 248 -------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_26.html | 107 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_27.html | 80 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_28.html | 67 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_29.html | 164 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_3.html | 86 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_30.html | 106 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_31.html | 232 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_32.html | 85 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_33.html | 223 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_34.html | 83 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_35.html | 70 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_36.html | 63 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_37.html | 66 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_38.html | 86 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_39.html | 79 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_4.html | 83 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_40.html | 89 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_41.html | 99 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_42.html | 144 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_43.html | 152 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_44.html | 112 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_45.html | 101 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_46.html | 459 -------------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_47.html | 292 --------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_48.html | 363 ----------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_49.html | 209 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_5.html | 74 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_50.html | 88 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_51.html | 208 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_52.html | 154 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_53.html | 291 --------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_54.html | 91 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_55.html | 107 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_56.html | 140 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_57.html | 106 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_58.html | 89 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_59.html | 97 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_6.html | 77 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_60.html | 142 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_61.html | 626 ------------------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_62.html | 107 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_63.html | 67 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_64.html | 95 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_65.html | 233 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_66.html | 65 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_67.html | 220 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_68.html | 75 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_69.html | 119 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_7.html | 123 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_70.html | 107 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_71.html | 218 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_72.html | 134 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_73.html | 299 --------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_74.html | 103 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_75.html | 104 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_76.html | 118 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_77.html | 95 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_78.html | 71 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_79.html | 686 --------------------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_8.html | 155 ----- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_80.html | 120 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_81.html | 278 --------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_82.html | 272 -------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_83.html | 180 ------ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_84.html | 99 --- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_9.html | 104 ---- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_abt.html | 206 ------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_fot.html | 53 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_ovr.html | 68 -- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_toc.html | 247 -------- - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/index.html | 497 ++++++++------- - 176 files changed, 9054 insertions(+), 13378 deletions(-) - -commit 163c1053dc761682f5a4231da163bdd0ff7162d7 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Tue Apr 1 21:14:29 2008 +0000 - - Update Home page to be a bit more visitor friendly. - - pyme-web/Makefile | 2 +- - pyme-web/default.css | 27 ++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme-web/index.html | 70 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------- - 3 files changed, 75 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) - -commit 05db2d17d8fda0ab8c948bbdc0643dfc1466830d -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sun Mar 30 21:27:38 2008 +0000 - - Add a rule to build binary distribution for Windows. - - pyme/Makefile | 16 ++++++++++++++-- - 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit 57acb1089f5f8c24323ee62fc0a7f492a496b9c0 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 29 22:50:11 2008 +0000 - - Switch to using central location for python files (pycentral) - Update docs rule to fix location of the python source files. - - pyme/Makefile | 5 +++- - pyme/debian/changelog | 4 ++- - pyme/debian/control | 74 +++++------------------------------------------ - pyme/debian/dirs | 2 -- - pyme/debian/docs | 1 + - pyme/debian/postinst.ex | 48 ------------------------------ - pyme/debian/postrm.ex | 38 ------------------------ - pyme/debian/preinst.ex | 44 ---------------------------- - pyme/debian/prerm.ex | 39 ------------------------- - pyme/debian/rules | 50 ++++++-------------------------- - pyme/debian/setup.cfg-2.2 | 8 ----- - pyme/debian/setup.cfg-2.3 | 8 ----- - pyme/debian/setup.cfg-2.4 | 8 ----- - pyme/gpgme-h-clean.py | 2 +- - pyme/pyme/core.py | 2 +- - pyme/pyme/util.py | 2 +- - 16 files changed, 28 insertions(+), 307 deletions(-) - -commit 2b56fd10517cfbcffaa4ba98d8ea42f40f0d38a9 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sun Mar 23 02:01:12 2008 +0000 - - Turn SWIG's autodoc feature on. Ignore 'next' in the types which are lists now. - Use new style for class declarations. Specify None as a default value for - core.check_version() method. Update version.py for 0.8.0 version. - - pyme/examples/pygpa.py | 2 +- - pyme/gpgme.i | 5 +++++ - pyme/pyme/core.py | 2 +- - pyme/pyme/util.py | 5 +++-- - pyme/pyme/version.py | 6 +++--- - 5 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) - -commit df5e25d7ee4dc0aa0d429f9d009322dd8ac33bb8 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Mar 20 19:07:00 2008 +0000 - - Improve matching for DEPRECATED typedefs - - pyme/gpgme-h-clean.py | 4 ++-- - 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit 78d8fc732848ac267ec65e9069265cd500587cdf -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Mar 19 19:28:40 2008 +0000 - - Update API to use list when types containing 'next' field are return. - Update examples accordingly - Add verifydetails.py example - Start adding bullets for 0.8.0 version. - - pyme/Makefile | 2 +- - pyme/debian/changelog | 14 +++++++- - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 53 +++++++++++++-------------- - pyme/examples/delkey.py | 7 ++-- - pyme/examples/encrypt-to-all.py | 7 ++-- - pyme/examples/exportimport.py | 7 ++-- - pyme/examples/pygpa.py | 70 ++++++++++++++++-------------------- - pyme/examples/signverify.py | 11 +++--- - pyme/examples/verifydetails.py | 79 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/gpgme.i | 19 +++++++++- - 10 files changed, 180 insertions(+), 89 deletions(-) - -commit 342d85b07475e7360bcd62804bf5facda039494f -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Mon Mar 10 01:14:16 2008 +0000 - - Change references to source files so that they point to the WebCVS browse - location. - - pyme-web/doc/pyme/index.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.callbacks.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.data.encoding.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.data.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.event.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.import.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.keylist.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.keylist.mode.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.md.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.pk.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.protocol.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.sig.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.sig.mode.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.sigsum.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.status.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.validity.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.core.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.errors.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.util.html | 2 +- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.version.html | 2 +- - 22 files changed, 22 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) - -commit 4139dd1d066c1a6c892d84fe45dc3e6c4aa1b803 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 8 18:21:08 2008 +0000 - - Add core.check_version(None) to all examples since this function is used by - Gpgme to do internal initialization. Update debian/rules to use dh_pysupport - instead of deprecated dh_python. - - pyme/debian/rules | 8 +++----- - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 7 ++++++- - pyme/examples/delkey.py | 2 ++ - pyme/examples/encrypt-to-all.py | 3 +++ - pyme/examples/exportimport.py | 2 ++ - pyme/examples/genkey.py | 1 + - pyme/examples/inter-edit.py | 3 +++ - pyme/examples/pygpa.py | 5 +++++ - pyme/examples/sign.py | 2 ++ - pyme/examples/signverify.py | 2 ++ - pyme/examples/simple.py | 2 ++ - pyme/examples/t-edit.py | 3 +++ - 12 files changed, 34 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) - -commit ae76c6176457dd38e0634cbc17d794294a3a81d2 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 12 22:20:38 2006 +0000 - - Change name of internal package name from 'gpgme' to 'pygpgme' to avoid - conflict with gpgme.dll on Windows. - Fix build with SWIG 1.3.28. - Change version to 0.7.1 in a preparation for new release. - - pyme/Makefile | 3 +- - pyme/debian/changelog | 12 ++++ - pyme/gpgme.i | 19 +++--- - pyme/pyme/callbacks.py | 1 - - pyme/pyme/core.py | 153 +++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ - pyme/pyme/errors.py | 12 ++-- - pyme/pyme/util.py | 10 ++-- - pyme/pyme/version.py | 2 +- - pyme/setup.py | 4 +- - 9 files changed, 116 insertions(+), 100 deletions(-) - -commit d644383a76e9f83bc2d426628319e3c4a989dc2d -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Dec 17 01:34:53 2005 +0000 - - Put all constants into pyme.constants package to avoid stepping on python - reserved words. - Add build rules for Mingw32 and Cygwin on Windows. Rules for Mingw under - Debian are still to come. - Fixed a small bug in pygpa.py example. - - pyme/Makefile | 11 ++++++++--- - pyme/examples/pygpa.py | 3 ++- - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 2 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/__init__.py | 3 +++ - pyme/setup.py | 42 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----- - 5 files changed, 51 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) - -commit 89eb370fcaa8adc9d219eadbaa579dde7bf06329 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Mon Aug 1 03:08:32 2005 +0000 - - Imported changes provided by Joost van Baal: - Use dh_python in debian/rules and change the Section pyme belongs to from - 'libs' to 'python'. - - pyme/debian/control | 6 +++--- - pyme/debian/rules | 2 ++ - 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit ad76d10c2a77b45b7459c62131279e946b860891 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Fri Jun 10 03:01:22 2005 +0000 - - Update 'docs' rule in Makefile to build packages first to ensure that - documentation is build for the current version of pyme and not for the - installed one. - - Added 'callbacks' into the list of visible pyme modules (__all__ var.) - - Slightly updated INSTALL file. - - pyme/INSTALL | 11 ++++++++--- - pyme/Makefile | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 2 +- - 3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) - -commit 2fe1a81e00721698bfa6850b3db2eb85e43d1724 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Jun 8 16:16:18 2005 +0000 - - Update pyme documentation to remove dead links to pyme.gpgme.html and - pyme._gpgme.html - Added reference to the installed GPGME and PyMe documentation to the head - web page. - Updated Makefile to install all *.html files and to clean *~ files in all - subdirectories - - pyme-web/Makefile | 10 ++++++---- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/index.html | 8 +++----- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.callbacks.html | 8 -------- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.core.html | 1 - - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.errors.html | 8 -------- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.html | 8 +++----- - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.util.html | 8 -------- - pyme-web/index.html | 9 +++++++-- - 8 files changed, 19 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-) - -commit 6aa34cce4ea0099e50b4936dfee59778157b8ca8 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Jun 8 15:18:20 2005 +0000 - - Added pyme and gpgme documentation. - - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme.html | 251 ++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_1.html | 76 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_10.html | 61 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_11.html | 130 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_12.html | 82 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_13.html | 130 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_14.html | 108 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_15.html | 69 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_16.html | 169 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_17.html | 63 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_18.html | 63 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_19.html | 66 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_2.html | 79 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_20.html | 120 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_21.html | 102 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_22.html | 108 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_23.html | 237 +++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_24.html | 154 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_25.html | 248 ++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_26.html | 107 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_27.html | 80 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_28.html | 67 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_29.html | 164 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_3.html | 86 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_30.html | 106 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_31.html | 232 +++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_32.html | 85 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_33.html | 223 +++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_34.html | 83 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_35.html | 70 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_36.html | 63 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_37.html | 66 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_38.html | 86 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_39.html | 79 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_4.html | 83 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_40.html | 89 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_41.html | 99 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_42.html | 144 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_43.html | 152 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_44.html | 112 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_45.html | 101 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_46.html | 459 ++++++++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_47.html | 292 +++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_48.html | 363 +++++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_49.html | 209 +++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_5.html | 74 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_50.html | 88 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_51.html | 208 +++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_52.html | 154 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_53.html | 291 +++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_54.html | 91 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_55.html | 107 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_56.html | 140 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_57.html | 106 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_58.html | 89 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_59.html | 97 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_6.html | 77 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_60.html | 142 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_61.html | 626 +++++++++++++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_62.html | 107 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_63.html | 67 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_64.html | 95 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_65.html | 233 +++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_66.html | 65 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_67.html | 220 +++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_68.html | 75 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_69.html | 119 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_7.html | 123 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_70.html | 107 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_71.html | 218 +++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_72.html | 134 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_73.html | 299 +++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_74.html | 103 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_75.html | 104 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_76.html | 118 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_77.html | 95 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_78.html | 71 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_79.html | 686 +++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_8.html | 155 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_80.html | 120 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_81.html | 278 +++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_82.html | 272 ++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_83.html | 180 ++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_84.html | 99 +++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_9.html | 104 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_abt.html | 206 +++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_fot.html | 53 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_ovr.html | 68 ++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/gpgme_toc.html | 247 ++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/gpgme/index.html | 251 ++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/index.html | 166 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.callbacks.html | 50 ++ - .../doc/pyme/pyme.constants.data.encoding.html | 48 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.data.html | 29 + - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.event.html | 48 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.html | 39 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.import.html | 49 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.keylist.html | 29 + - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.keylist.mode.html | 48 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.md.html | 58 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.pk.html | 50 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.protocol.html | 46 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.sig.html | 29 + - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.sig.mode.html | 47 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.sigsum.html | 55 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.status.html | 117 ++++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.constants.validity.html | 50 ++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.core.html | 254 ++++++++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.errors.html | 90 +++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.html | 166 +++++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.util.html | 78 +++ - pyme-web/doc/pyme/pyme.version.html | 37 ++ - pyme-web/index.html | 6 +- - 113 files changed, 14966 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 2d6fe54479f042644f7b0f3d2fe35877d2056144 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu May 19 02:06:09 2005 +0000 - - Added INSTALL file. - - pyme/INSTALL | 10 ++++++++++ - 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) - -commit d6892fff0c3cedf41dba4c25ab8608e7f2bc039c -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Tue May 17 16:49:28 2005 +0000 - - Update copyright note on simple.py - - pyme/examples/simple.py | 4 ++-- - 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit c2cd9cdf5995843aad7b200b929db2969effc9d2 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Tue May 17 15:03:58 2005 +0000 - - Update simple.py to catch errors. - - pyme/examples/simple.py | 17 +++++++++++------ - 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) - -commit eaedae7c6a0ea993caab067efe781a59b6769c44 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Tue May 17 01:18:23 2005 +0000 - - Added 'PYTHON = python' into Makefile for bug #1199122 - - pyme/Makefile | 1 + - pyme/examples/signverify.py | 1 + - 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+) - -commit 56fd244bb2636a4d58629899ea3cde1d96428198 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 27 21:37:06 2005 +0000 - - Added pygpa example. - - pyme/debian/changelog | 3 +- - pyme/examples/pygpa.glade | 5546 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/examples/pygpa.py | 1459 ++++++++++++ - 3 files changed, 7007 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 2d9a2a91a59ac3fee5410c953b7e0859e9e7cd35 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Apr 21 15:17:51 2005 +0000 - - Change version to 0.7.0 due to the change in license. - - pyme/debian/changelog | 2 +- - pyme/pyme/version.py | 2 +- - 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) - -commit 94e34e38d742f145385bd235825b6ba1e30d8339 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Apr 21 03:53:12 2005 +0000 - - Changed license on PyMe from GPL to LGPL. - PyMe examples keep GPL license. - - pyme/COPYING.LESSER | 510 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/Makefile | 20 +- - pyme/debian/changelog | 4 +- - pyme/debian/copyright | 22 +- - pyme/gpgme-h-clean.py | 16 ++ - pyme/gpgme.i | 20 +- - pyme/helpers.c | 20 +- - pyme/helpers.h | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/callbacks.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/data/encoding.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/event.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/import.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/keylist/mode.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/md.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/pk.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/protocol.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/sig/mode.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/sigsum.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/status.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/constants/validity.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/core.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/errors.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/util.py | 20 +- - pyme/pyme/version.py | 22 +- - pyme/setup.py | 20 +- - 26 files changed, 761 insertions(+), 233 deletions(-) - -commit 0d8aa0f6335cb1506a37085095ed45173b099a02 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Tue Apr 19 01:46:06 2005 +0000 - - Added __hash__ and __eq__ methods to GpgmeWrapper to allow both Context() - and Data() to be used as a dictionary key. - Changed core.wait() function to always return a tuple. On timeout now it - returns (0, None) instead of just None. Plus, return context is now a - Context() object instead of a wrapper return by underlying gpgme. - - pyme/helpers.c | 1 - - pyme/pyme/core.py | 25 +++++++++++++++---------- - pyme/pyme/util.py | 9 +++++++++ - 3 files changed, 24 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) - -commit 63ff6d10637be1dcbcd78c939ac1ef1ac30b1024 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Wed Apr 6 04:58:40 2005 +0000 - - Made hook parameter optional in passphrase_cb and progress_cb. - Allowed None for callbacks to unset ones set previously. - Removed cleanup of exception in callbacks - now just retrieve the error code. - Added prev_bad parameter in passphrase_cb since it can be used in - change password protocols. - Updated examples to follow new sets of arguments in callbacks - Updated op_edit to check if passed key is None (otherwise gpgme dumps core) - God rid of annoying warning "function declaration isn't a prototype" in - helpers.c and helpers.h by changing from () to (void) list of arguments. - - pyme/debian/changelog | 10 +++++--- - pyme/examples/signverify.py | 2 +- - pyme/examples/t-edit.py | 2 +- - pyme/gpgme.i | 18 +++++++++----- - pyme/helpers.c | 60 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------- - pyme/helpers.h | 4 +-- - pyme/pyme/callbacks.py | 6 +++-- - pyme/pyme/core.py | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++-------------- - pyme/pyme/errors.py | 2 +- - 9 files changed, 96 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) - -commit 8f0ab8138c7aa190936376ccbbf33bb09c64d6f1 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Mar 31 23:50:59 2005 +0000 - - Added exception handling in passphrase_cb and edit_cb. If GPGMEError - exception is thrown in those callbacks it will be converted into its - core representation and return as an error code to the caller. - On all other exceptions error code will be GPG_ERR_GENERAL. - - pyme/Makefile | 1 + - pyme/debian/changelog | 8 ++++++++ - pyme/gpgme.i | 20 ++++++++++++++------ - pyme/helpers.c | 51 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------ - pyme/helpers.h | 3 +++ - 5 files changed, 71 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) - -commit 9903d1fb11231e7e3d920e58d1ecb674c5988b07 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Mar 31 05:12:15 2005 +0000 - - Remove workaround from Context.wait() method since the bug report and - patch fixing gpgme_wait's behavior is sent to GPMGE developers already. - Added errorcheck into op_edit() so that it can report an error. - - pyme/pyme/core.py | 10 +++++----- - 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) - -commit 45e8a5f4e13d3ca797ec3b0037242874a6be5562 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 26 19:44:18 2005 +0000 - - Updated version number to 0.6.2 in version.py - Added examples/*.glade files into documentation package. - - pyme/debian/examples | 1 + - pyme/pyme/version.py | 2 +- - 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 270b87bb40e180cb6e8f1de9a0e8161525ffa4ab -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 26 19:31:14 2005 +0000 - - Updated debian/changelog regarding PyGtkGpgKeys example and a fix in errors. - - pyme/debian/changelog | 5 ++++- - 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit ea4682009a506db91e5174ffd038fe7e4406b591 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 26 19:25:36 2005 +0000 - - Added handling of right mouse button click. - Changed reporting a string instead of a number on key generation failure. - - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.glade | 2 ++ - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 30 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++--- - 2 files changed, 29 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit f65ad1a703d0098a3204fb8527a54d253e5847e7 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 26 18:11:11 2005 +0000 - - Added another column indicating if a key has a secret part. - Automated generation of the View menu from the view field of the KeyColumn - class. - - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.glade | 93 ++-------------------------------------- - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 74 +++++++++++++++++--------------- - 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 123 deletions(-) - -commit b54e83a7a7a5785502f3c7e8b95f15e23b40e65a -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 26 16:45:13 2005 +0000 - - Small change to the way gtk.TreeModel object is used. - - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 21 ++++++++++----------- - 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) - -commit 7078db75cef4c1fd70cf03e37172bdb4f933fd1b -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Fri Mar 25 23:33:06 2005 +0000 - - Use more comprehansible error reporting since gpgme_strerror_r returns None - all the time. - - pyme/pyme/errors.py | 6 +++--- - 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit 151213f4344d9984975721440af07de09e3df61c -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Fri Mar 25 04:30:17 2005 +0000 - - Improved PyGtkGpgKeys example to manage owner_trust on keys. - Added another example inter-edit.py which is just a helper to write - scripts for Context.op_edit() command. - - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.glade | 78 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 68 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- - pyme/examples/inter-edit.py | 54 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/examples/t-edit.py | 18 ++++++++++ - 4 files changed, 212 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) - -commit fc7235af217bcee5231ce7fbd7f234712d5ad3b0 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Fri Mar 25 00:30:39 2005 +0000 - - Updated PyGtkGpgKeys example to include import, export and reload - functionality. Also added ability to remove number of keys simultaneously. - Rearanged how KeyColumn is used to avoid unnecessary sorts and duplication - of information in different parts of the code. - - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.glade | 86 +++++++++- - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 332 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------- - 2 files changed, 325 insertions(+), 93 deletions(-) - -commit 9f65749ccb1b7cab562e19c03f4371d5f7d94912 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Mar 24 05:51:03 2005 +0000 - - Added example of PyGTK+ and PyMe integration. - For now it does only simple things - listing, deleting, and generating keys. - - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.glade | 1321 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.gladep | 8 + - pyme/examples/PyGtkGpgKeys.py | 424 ++++++++++++ - 3 files changed, 1753 insertions(+) - -commit 59e23f32c3b46413c9ec09e23e1a385a110fb103 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Mar 24 05:44:58 2005 +0000 - - Added wait method Context class which handles asynchronous calls a little - bit better than the one generated by SWIG. - - pyme/debian/changelog | 7 +++++++ - pyme/gpgme.i | 1 + - pyme/pyme/core.py | 40 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 3 files changed, 48 insertions(+) - -commit 4c1b5259e4985df2cba0ae4fc09f12cd94603a75 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Tue Mar 22 18:29:31 2005 +0000 - - Added correct handling of Context.op_edit() method. - Added example/t-edit.py showing usage for this method. - Output of this example should match output of the tests/gpg/t-edit - from the GPGME test suite. - Remove unused static function from helpers.c - - pyme/examples/t-edit.py | 38 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/gpgme.i | 36 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/helpers.c | 36 ------------------------------------ - pyme/pyme/core.py | 5 ++++- - 4 files changed, 78 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-) - -commit dc587e215283bfef2dd594f86a7b2945f74f5155 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 19 01:43:59 2005 +0000 - - Update changelog to include note about deprecated function in 0.6.1 release - - pyme/debian/changelog | 3 ++- - pyme/examples/encrypt-to-all.py | 3 +-- - 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit 86de4b3ad777f980ccf7ba3462c85bbe1787d1fd -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 19 01:40:07 2005 +0000 - - Remove deprecated functions from helpers.[ch] - Use gpgme-h-clean.py to remove deprecated functions and typedefs from - the GPGME header file. This will reduce the number of unused methods. - - pyme/Makefile | 4 ++-- - pyme/gpgme-h-clean.py | 26 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/helpers.c | 8 -------- - pyme/helpers.h | 2 -- - 4 files changed, 28 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) - -commit 2483efcbd0d73c628c4d7717928a766c3b58f0aa -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Fri Mar 18 22:15:52 2005 +0000 - - Update copyright and author values in pyme/version.py - Create rules to build distribution files - one full and one without - debian bits. - - pyme/Makefile | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++------ - pyme/pyme/version.py | 12 ++++++------ - 2 files changed, 28 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) - -commit 168593285380f5a7805f3dd08657d429a72d3621 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Fri Mar 18 19:09:33 2005 +0000 - - Added package building for python2.4 - - Updated copyright notes to include myself and avoid confusion who's the - maintainer. In John's own words: "I'd prefer to just step out of the picture". - Jonh's copyright notice left intact. - - pyme/Makefile | 6 +++--- - pyme/debian/changelog | 7 +++++++ - pyme/debian/control | 30 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++--- - pyme/debian/copyright | 10 ++++------ - pyme/debian/rules | 4 ++++ - pyme/debian/setup.cfg-2.4 | 8 ++++++++ - pyme/examples/genkey.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/gpgme.i | 4 ++-- - pyme/helpers.c | 4 ++-- - pyme/helpers.h | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/callbacks.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/data/encoding.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/event.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/import.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/keylist/mode.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/md.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/pk.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/protocol.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/sig/mode.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/sigsum.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/status.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/constants/validity.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/core.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/errors.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/util.py | 4 ++-- - pyme/pyme/version.py | 2 +- - pyme/setup.py | 3 ++- - 28 files changed, 96 insertions(+), 54 deletions(-) - -commit 6dbbb252771133724b2879ed6d767cd708196dae -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Fri Mar 18 18:04:35 2005 +0000 - - Remove the note about gpgme.i to be generated - it's been the primary source - for some time. - - pyme/gpgme.i | 6 ------ - 1 file changed, 6 deletions(-) - -commit 9d449fa4889c6bda6d14583c0625b8d5c4ffe759 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Fri May 7 18:31:22 2004 +0000 - - Added my copyright in genkey.py since there's enough changes made. - Updated signverify to use only keys generated by genkey.py, to check - that keys added to singers are able to sign and to check that the - list of signers is not empty. The last check is necessary to prevent - signing with the key of the user running signverify.py script. - Added delkey.py script to delete keys generated by genkey.py - Added exportimport.py example for key export/import. - - pyme/examples/delkey.py | 29 +++++++++++++++++ - pyme/examples/exportimport.py | 76 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/examples/genkey.py | 6 ++-- - pyme/examples/signverify.py | 18 ++++++---- - 4 files changed, 119 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) - -commit df98c8d28245ad2c14b0ab50fc8f8932853bec8b -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Tue May 4 17:34:15 2004 +0000 - - Added examples/signverify.py for unattended sing/verify. - Updated examples/genkey.py to work correctly. - Updated gpgme.i to allow None as a value for gpgme_data_t - - pyme/examples/genkey.py | 14 ++------- - pyme/examples/signverify.py | 72 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/gpgme.i | 21 ++++++++----- - 3 files changed, 87 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) - -commit ba45931abf530ab89ead46d7233ff1b62b629a18 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Thu Apr 8 16:15:09 2004 +0000 - - Ensure that we support only python2.2 and up. :-) - Use generators in core.Context class which makes pyme.aux obsolete - Remove importing future nested_scopes since they are standard starting - with python2.2 - - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 5 ++--- - pyme/pyme/aux.py | 56 --------------------------------------------------- - pyme/pyme/core.py | 15 +++++++++++--- - pyme/pyme/errors.py | 1 - - pyme/pyme/util.py | 2 +- - 5 files changed, 15 insertions(+), 64 deletions(-) - -commit 4e9be5a55ecffa4da7ad5c192cc892eddaaa9586 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sun Mar 21 03:53:30 2004 +0000 - - Small change to index.html - Added clean: rule to the Makefile - - pyme-web/Makefile | 3 +++ - pyme-web/index.html | 6 +++--- - 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) - -commit 2efb95176f4edf56ed61c9ac0c3aa09c56534df0 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sun Mar 21 03:00:32 2004 +0000 - - Added Makefile rules for pyme module installation. - - pyme/Makefile | 5 ++++- - 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 2b83d5d8b513029cc3e54f2fa502ccc85618104b -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sun Mar 21 02:29:54 2004 +0000 - - Decorative change. - - pyme/pyme/aux.py | 2 +- - 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit e3478015d763a036c1d806ae01433fce59712204 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sun Mar 21 02:25:55 2004 +0000 - - Added RCS Id: tags - - pyme/Makefile | 1 + - pyme/examples/encrypt-to-all.py | 3 ++- - pyme/examples/genkey.py | 3 ++- - pyme/examples/sign.py | 3 ++- - pyme/examples/simple.py | 3 ++- - pyme/gpgme.i | 1 + - pyme/helpers.c | 1 + - pyme/helpers.h | 1 + - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/aux.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/callbacks.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/__init__.py | 2 ++ - pyme/pyme/constants/data/__init__.py | 2 ++ - pyme/pyme/constants/data/encoding.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/event.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/import.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/keylist/__init__.py | 2 ++ - pyme/pyme/constants/keylist/mode.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/md.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/pk.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/protocol.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/sig/__init__.py | 2 ++ - pyme/pyme/constants/sig/mode.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/sigsum.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/status.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/constants/validity.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/core.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/errors.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/util.py | 1 + - pyme/pyme/version.py | 2 ++ - 30 files changed, 39 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) - -commit b3b3712645332c5bc3e8d9d557aab21d48ff0f86 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sun Mar 21 02:07:36 2004 +0000 - - Added Id: RCS tags to all files. - - pyme-web/Makefile | 2 ++ - pyme-web/index.html | 3 ++- - 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) - -commit 6aea2426beaaa8c43e6f2310a37a2737c0c3a1b5 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sun Mar 21 01:50:55 2004 +0000 - - Update example on the init pyme.html page to match simple.py example. - Fix core.py to use getcode() instead of getvalue() method of the exception. - - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 22 ++++++++++++++-------- - pyme/pyme/core.py | 4 ++-- - 2 files changed, 16 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) - -commit dee337455ffd624d3f83e1c159c4bb2cefc692c9 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 20 20:32:29 2004 +0000 - - Added Makefile to simplify publishing web files. - - pyme-web/Makefile | 7 +++++++ - 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) - -commit af7129baa8260697d85c2ddb434562e8a80b62d8 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 20 20:15:53 2004 +0000 - - Added minimum of formatting and SF icon. - - pyme-web/index.html | 18 +++++++++++------- - 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) - -commit 2e64dcbf99cee796b51667b04d8961e390edde87 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 20 18:30:09 2004 +0000 - - Initial revision - - pyme-web/index.html | 33 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - 1 file changed, 33 insertions(+) - -commit 1c51644b3d0b6611422d971758e35f303d2ad5df -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 20 05:10:46 2004 +0000 - - Update examples and package information on the initial pyme doc page. - - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 27 ++++++++++++--------------- - 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) - -commit b2d31b0bfbffdff5247d6db4e3c95140cc1b1f19 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 20 04:47:42 2004 +0000 - - Deleted unnecessary files. - Updated debian/control to remove dependency on python-xml package since there's - none now. - Move example files from 'doc' into separate control file. - Update debian/rules to build documentation from *.py files and to exclude - CVS directories from the installation. - - pyme/Makefile | 26 ++----- - pyme/debian/control | 8 +-- - pyme/debian/docs | 1 - - pyme/debian/ex.package.doc-base | 22 ------ - pyme/debian/examples | 1 + - pyme/debian/manpage.1.ex | 60 ---------------- - pyme/debian/manpage.sgml.ex | 152 ---------------------------------------- - pyme/debian/rules | 12 ++-- - 8 files changed, 15 insertions(+), 267 deletions(-) - -commit 1b517dd9b82a433499b4696b06d94d756cd36e53 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 20 02:59:15 2004 +0000 - - Remove doc/gpgme directory containing GPGME documentation since this belongs - to a different project. Need to add reference in our documentation. - - pyme/doc/gpgme/fdl.texi | 402 ------ - pyme/doc/gpgme/gpgme.texi | 3372 ------------------------------------------- - pyme/doc/gpgme/gpl.texi | 397 ----- - pyme/doc/gpgme/version.texi | 4 - - 4 files changed, 4175 deletions(-) - -commit 95d7d171da115a0fedfe2a4a7e5acc8aa408f673 -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 20 02:45:03 2004 +0000 - - Change debian/rules to generate files by swig during build and to cleanup - those files on 'clean' rule. - Plus, leave generated gpgme_wrap.c in the root directory instead of moving - it into subdirectory 'generated'. - - pyme/Makefile | 8 +++----- - pyme/debian/rules | 3 ++- - pyme/setup.py | 2 +- - 3 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) - -commit 545b3d90d445c5c78e8d72b2c1780863e02c789a -Author: belyi <devnull@localhost> -Date: Sat Mar 20 02:18:01 2004 +0000 - - Initial revision - - pyme/COPYING | 340 ++++ - pyme/ChangeLog | 802 ++++++++ - pyme/Makefile | 79 + - pyme/debian/README.Debian | 6 + - pyme/debian/changelog | 19 + - pyme/debian/control | 68 + - pyme/debian/copyright | 27 + - pyme/debian/dirs | 2 + - pyme/debian/docs | 2 + - pyme/debian/ex.package.doc-base | 22 + - pyme/debian/manpage.1.ex | 60 + - pyme/debian/manpage.sgml.ex | 152 ++ - pyme/debian/postinst.ex | 48 + - pyme/debian/postrm.ex | 38 + - pyme/debian/preinst.ex | 44 + - pyme/debian/prerm.ex | 39 + - pyme/debian/rules | 130 ++ - pyme/debian/setup.cfg-2.2 | 8 + - pyme/debian/setup.cfg-2.3 | 8 + - pyme/doc/gpgme/fdl.texi | 402 ++++ - pyme/doc/gpgme/gpgme.texi | 3372 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - pyme/doc/gpgme/gpl.texi | 397 ++++ - pyme/doc/gpgme/version.texi | 4 + - pyme/examples/encrypt-to-all.py | 63 + - pyme/examples/genkey.py | 55 + - pyme/examples/sign.py | 28 + - pyme/examples/simple.py | 44 + - pyme/gpgme.i | 191 ++ - pyme/helpers.c | 139 ++ - pyme/helpers.h | 29 + - pyme/pyme/__init__.py | 134 ++ - pyme/pyme/aux.py | 55 + - pyme/pyme/callbacks.py | 45 + - pyme/pyme/constants/__init__.py | 2 + - pyme/pyme/constants/data/__init__.py | 2 + - pyme/pyme/constants/data/encoding.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/event.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/import.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/keylist/__init__.py | 2 + - pyme/pyme/constants/keylist/mode.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/md.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/pk.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/protocol.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/sig/__init__.py | 2 + - pyme/pyme/constants/sig/mode.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/sigsum.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/status.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/constants/validity.py | 19 + - pyme/pyme/core.py | 367 ++++ - pyme/pyme/errors.py | 46 + - pyme/pyme/util.py | 61 + - pyme/pyme/version.py | 39 + - pyme/setup.py | 60 + - 53 files changed, 7642 insertions(+) - -commit a3d5a442dc713b6c4d6fc4134db5b47e379dc41d -Author: root <devnull@localhost> -Date: Fri Mar 19 14:12:30 2004 +0000 - - initial checkin - - CVSROOT/checkoutlist | 13 +++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/commitinfo | 15 +++++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/config | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/cvswrappers | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/editinfo | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/loginfo | 26 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/modules | 26 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/notify | 12 ++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/rcsinfo | 13 +++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/taginfo | 20 ++++++++++++++++++++ - CVSROOT/verifymsg | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ - 11 files changed, 207 insertions(+) diff --git a/lang/python/doc/rst/_build/README b/lang/python/doc/rst/_build/README deleted file mode 100644 index c8f8c12b..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/rst/_build/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Directory for Sphinx's built documentation. diff --git a/lang/python/doc/rst/_static/README b/lang/python/doc/rst/_static/README deleted file mode 100644 index 4861a5f4..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/rst/_static/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Directory for static site data (e.g. CSS files).
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lang/python/doc/rst/_templates/README b/lang/python/doc/rst/_templates/README deleted file mode 100644 index 59c631e3..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/rst/_templates/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Directory for HTML templates.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lang/python/doc/rst/conf.py b/lang/python/doc/rst/conf.py deleted file mode 100644 index 279669d0..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/rst/conf.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ -# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- -# -# Configuration file for the Sphinx documentation builder. -# -# This file does only contain a selection of the most common options. For a -# full list see the documentation: -# http://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/config - -# -- Path setup -------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, -# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the -# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. -# -# import os -# import sys -# sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('.')) -import hashlib -import time - - -# -- Project information ----------------------------------------------------- - -project = 'GPGME Python Bindings' -copyright = '2018, The GnuPG Hackers' -author = 'The GnuPG Hackers' - -# The short X.Y version -version = '' -# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags -release = '' - - -# -- General configuration --------------------------------------------------- - -# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. -# -# needs_sphinx = '1.0' - -# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be -# extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom -# ones. -extensions = [ -] - -# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. -templates_path = ['_templates'] - -# The suffix(es) of source filenames. -# You can specify multiple suffix as a list of string: -# -# source_suffix = ['.rst', '.md'] -source_suffix = '.rst' - -# The master toctree document. -master_doc = 'index' - -# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation -# for a list of supported languages. -# -# This is also used if you do content translation via gettext catalogs. -# Usually you set "language" from the command line for these cases. -language = None - -# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and -# directories to ignore when looking for source files. -# This pattern also affects html_static_path and html_extra_path. -exclude_patterns = ['_build', 'Thumbs.db', '.DS_Store'] - -# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. -pygments_style = None - - -# -- Options for HTML output ------------------------------------------------- - -# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for -# a list of builtin themes. -# -html_theme = 'alabaster' - -# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme -# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the -# documentation. -# -# html_theme_options = {} - -# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, -# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, -# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". -html_static_path = ['_static'] - -# Custom sidebar templates, must be a dictionary that maps document names -# to template names. -# -# The default sidebars (for documents that don't match any pattern) are -# defined by theme itself. Builtin themes are using these templates by -# default: ``['localtoc.html', 'relations.html', 'sourcelink.html', -# 'searchbox.html']``. -# -# html_sidebars = {} - - -# -- Options for HTMLHelp output --------------------------------------------- - -# Output file base name for HTML help builder. -htmlhelp_basename = 'GPGMEPythonBindings' - - -# -- Options for LaTeX output ------------------------------------------------ - -latex_elements = { - # The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). - # - # 'papersize': 'letterpaper', - - # The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). - # - # 'pointsize': '10pt', - 'pointsize': '12pt' - - # Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. - # - # 'preamble': '', - - # Latex figure (float) alignment - # - # 'figure_align': 'htbp', -} - -# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples -# (source start file, target name, title, -# author, documentclass [howto, manual, or own class]). -latex_documents = [ - (master_doc, 'GPGMEPythonBindings.tex', - 'GPGME Python Bindings Documentation', - 'The GnuPG Hackers', 'manual'), -] - - -# -- Options for manual page output ------------------------------------------ - -# One entry per manual page. List of tuples -# (source start file, name, description, authors, manual section). -man_pages = [ - (master_doc, 'gpgmepythonbindings', 'GPGME Python Bindings Documentation', - [author], 1) -] - - -# -- Options for Texinfo output ---------------------------------------------- - -# Grouping the document tree into Texinfo files. List of tuples -# (source start file, target name, title, author, -# dir menu entry, description, category) -texinfo_documents = [ - (master_doc, 'GPGMEPythonBindings', 'GPGME Python Bindings Documentation', - author, 'GPGMEPythonBindings', - 'Python Bindings to the GNU Privacy Guard API.', 'Miscellaneous'), -] - - -# -- Options for Epub output ------------------------------------------------- - -# Bibliographic Dublin Core info. -epub_title = project - -# The unique identifier of the text. This can be an ISBN number -# or the project homepage. -# -# epub_identifier = '' -epub_identifier = 'org.gnupg.gpgme.python' - -# A unique identification for the text. -# -# epub_uid = '' -stt = str(time.time()) -epub_seed = "{0} {1}".format(epub_identifier, tt) -# SHA1 would be more than fine for this, but since the dimmest always panic -# about any use of SHA1 with GnuPG, we'll use SHA256. -epub_hash = hashlib.sha256(epub_seed).hexdigest() -epub_uid = 'sha256:{0}'.format(epub_hash) - -# A list of files that should not be packed into the epub file. -epub_exclude_files = ['search.html'] diff --git a/lang/python/doc/src/gpgme-python-howto.org b/lang/python/doc/src/gpgme-python-howto.org deleted file mode 100644 index c40e2249..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/src/gpgme-python-howto.org +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3379 +0,0 @@ -# -*- mode: org -*- -#+TITLE: GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG) Made Easy Python Bindings HOWTO (English) -#+AUTHOR: Ben McGinnes -#+LATEX_COMPILER: xelatex -#+LATEX_CLASS: article -#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [12pt] -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage{xltxtra} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \setmainfont[Ligatures={Common}]{Times New Roman} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \author{Ben McGinnes <[email protected]>} - - -* Introduction - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: intro - :END: - -| Version: | 0.1.5 | -| GPGME Version: | 1.13.0 | -| Author: | Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> | -| Author GPG Key: | DB4724E6FA4286C92B4E55C4321E4E2373590E5D | -| Language: | Australian English, British English | -| Language codes: | en-AU, en-GB, en | - -This document provides basic instruction in how to use the GPGME -Python bindings to programmatically leverage the GPGME library. - - -** Python 2 versus Python 3 - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: py2-vs-py3 - :END: - -Though the GPGME Python bindings themselves provide support for both -Python 2 and 3, the focus is unequivocally on Python 3 and -specifically from Python 3.4 and above. As a consequence all the -examples and instructions in this guide use Python 3 code. - -Much of it will work with Python 2, but much of it also deals with -Python 3 byte literals, particularly when reading and writing data. -Developers concentrating on Python 2.7, and possibly even 2.6, will -need to make the appropriate modifications to support the older string -and unicode types as opposed to bytes. - -There are multiple reasons for concentrating on Python 3; some of -which relate to the immediate integration of these bindings, some of -which relate to longer term plans for both GPGME and the python -bindings and some of which relate to the impending EOL period for -Python 2.7. Essentially, though, there is little value in tying the -bindings to a version of the language which is a dead end and the -advantages offered by Python 3 over Python 2 make handling the data -types with which GPGME deals considerably easier. - - -** Examples - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-python3-examples - :END: - -All of the examples found in this document can be found as Python 3 -scripts in the =lang/python/examples/howto= directory. - - -** Unofficial Drafts - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: unofficial-drafts - :END: - -In addition to shipping with each release of GPGME, there is a section -on locations to read or download [[#draft-editions][draft editions]] of this document from -at the end of it. These are unofficial versions produced in between -major releases. - - -** What's New - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: new-stuff - :END: - -Full details of what is new are now available in the [[file:what-is-new.org][What's New]] file -and archives of the preceding /What's New/ sections are available in -the [[file:what-was-new][What Was New]] file. - - -*** New in GPGME 1·13·0 - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: new-stuff-1-13-0 - :END: - -See the [[file:what-is-new#new-stuff-1-13-0][What's New]] document for what is new in version 1.13.0. - - -*** New in GPGME 1·12·0 - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: new-stuff-1-12-0 - :END: - -See the [[file:what-was-new#new-stuff-1-12-0][What Was New]] document for what was new in version 1.12.0. - - -* GPGME Concepts - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: gpgme-concepts - :END: - - -** A C API - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: gpgme-c-api - :END: - -Unlike many modern APIs with which programmers will be more familiar -with these days, the GPGME API is a C API. The API is intended for -use by C coders who would be able to access its features by including -the =gpgme.h= header file with their own C source code and then access -its functions just as they would any other C headers. - -This is a very effective method of gaining complete access to the API -and in the most efficient manner possible. It does, however, have the -drawback that it cannot be directly used by other languages without -some means of providing an interface to those languages. This is -where the need for bindings in various languages stems. - - -** Python bindings - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: gpgme-python-bindings - :END: - -The Python bindings for GPGME provide a higher level means of -accessing the complete feature set of GPGME itself. It also provides -a more pythonic means of calling these API functions. - -The bindings are generated dynamically with SWIG and the copy of -=gpgme.h= generated when GPGME is compiled. - -This means that a version of the Python bindings is fundamentally tied -to the exact same version of GPGME used to generate that copy of -=gpgme.h=. - - -** Difference between the Python bindings and other GnuPG Python packages - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: gpgme-python-bindings-diffs - :END: - -There have been numerous attempts to add GnuPG support to Python over -the years. Some of the most well known are listed here, along with -what differentiates them. - - -*** The python-gnupg package maintained by Vinay Sajip - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: diffs-python-gnupg - :END: - -This is arguably the most popular means of integrating GPG with -Python. The package utilises the =subprocess= module to implement -wrappers for the =gpg= and =gpg2= executables normally invoked on the -command line (=gpg.exe= and =gpg2.exe= on Windows). - -The popularity of this package stemmed from its ease of use and -capability in providing the most commonly required features. - -Unfortunately it has been beset by a number of security issues in the -past; most of which stemmed from using unsafe methods of accessing the -command line via the =subprocess= calls. While some effort has been -made over the last two to three years (as of 2018) to mitigate this, -particularly by no longer providing shell access through those -subprocess calls, the wrapper is still somewhat limited in the scope -of its GnuPG features coverage. - -The python-gnupg package is available under the MIT license. - - -*** The gnupg package created and maintained by Isis Lovecruft - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: diffs-isis-gnupg - :END: - -In 2015 Isis Lovecruft from the Tor Project forked and then -re-implemented the python-gnupg package as just gnupg. This new -package also relied on subprocess to call the =gpg= or =gpg2= -binaries, but did so somewhat more securely. - -The naming and version numbering selected for this package, however, -resulted in conflicts with the original python-gnupg and since its -functions were called in a different manner to python-gnupg, the -release of this package also resulted in a great deal of consternation -when people installed what they thought was an upgrade that -subsequently broke the code relying on it. - -The gnupg package is available under the GNU General Public License -version 3.0 (or any later version). - - -*** The PyME package maintained by Martin Albrecht - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: diffs-pyme - :END: - -This package is the origin of these bindings, though they are somewhat -different now. For details of when and how the PyME package was -folded back into GPGME itself see the [[file:short-history.org][Short History]] document.[fn:1] - -The PyME package was first released in 2002 and was also the first -attempt to implement a low level binding to GPGME. In doing so it -provided access to considerably more functionality than either the -=python-gnupg= or =gnupg= packages. - -The PyME package is only available for Python 2.6 and 2.7. - -Porting the PyME package to Python 3.4 in 2015 is what resulted in it -being folded into the GPGME project and the current bindings are the -end result of that effort. - -The PyME package is available under the same dual licensing as GPGME -itself: the GNU General Public License version 2.0 (or any later -version) and the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 (or any -later version). - - -* GPGME Python bindings installation - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: gpgme-python-install - :END: - - -** No PyPI - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: do-not-use-pypi - :END: - -Most third-party Python packages and modules are available and -distributed through the Python Package Installer, known as PyPI. - -Due to the nature of what these bindings are and how they work, it is -infeasible to install the GPGME Python bindings in the same way. - -This is because the bindings use SWIG to dynamically generate C -bindings against =gpgme.h= and =gpgme.h= is generated from -=gpgme.h.in= at compile time when GPGME is built from source. Thus to -include a package in PyPI which actually built correctly would require -either statically built libraries for every architecture bundled with -it or a full implementation of C for each architecture. - -See the additional notes regarding [[#snafu-cffi][CFFI and SWIG]] at the end of this -section for further details. - - -** Requirements - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: gpgme-python-requirements - :END: - -The GPGME Python bindings only have three requirements: - -1. A suitable version of Python 2 or Python 3. With Python 2 that - means CPython 2.7 and with Python 3 that means CPython 3.4 or - higher. -2. [[https://www.swig.org][SWIG]]. -3. GPGME itself. Which also means that all of GPGME's dependencies - must be installed too. - - -*** Recommended Additions - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: gpgme-python-recommendations - :END: - -Though none of the following are absolute requirements, they are all -recommended for use with the Python bindings. In some cases these -recommendations refer to which version(s) of CPython to use the -bindings with, while others refer to third party modules which provide -a significant advantage in some way. - -1. If possible, use Python 3 instead of 2. -2. Favour a more recent version of Python since even 3.4 is due to - reach EOL soon. In production systems and services, Python 3.6 - should be robust enough to be relied on. -3. If possible add the following Python modules which are not part of - the standard library: [[http://docs.python-requests.org/en/latest/index.html][Requests]], [[https://cython.org/][Cython]], [[https://pendulum.eustace.io/][Pendulum]] and [[https://github.com/Selfnet/hkp4py][hkp4py]]. - -Chances are quite high that at least the first one and maybe two of -those will already be installed. - -Note that, as with Cython, some of advanced use case scenarios will -bring with them additional requirements. Most of these will be fairly -well known and commonly installed ones, however, which are in many -cases likely to have already been installed on many systems or be -familiar to Python programmers. - - -** Installation - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: installation - :END: - -Installing the Python bindings is effectively achieved by compiling -and installing GPGME itself. - -Once SWIG is installed with Python and all the dependencies for GPGME -are installed you only need to confirm that the version(s) of Python -you want the bindings installed for are in your =$PATH=. - -By default GPGME will attempt to install the bindings for the most -recent or highest version number of Python 2 and Python 3 it detects -in =$PATH=. It specifically checks for the =python= and =python3= -executables first and then checks for specific version numbers. - -For Python 2 it checks for these executables in this order: =python=, -=python2= and =python2.7=. - -For Python 3 it checks for these executables in this order: =python3=, - =python3.7=, =python3.6=, =python3.5= and =python3.4=.[fn:2] - -On systems where =python= is actually =python3= and not =python2= it -may be possible that =python2= may be overlooked, but there have been -no reports of that actually occurring as yet. - -In the three months or so since the release of Python 3.7.0 there has -been extensive testing and work with these bindings with no issues -specifically relating to the new version of Python or any of the new -features of either the language or the bindings. This has also been -the case with Python 3.7.1rc1. With that in mind and given the -release of Python 3.7.1 is scheduled for around the same time as GPGME -1.12.0, the order of preferred Python versions has been changed to -move Python 3.7 ahead of Python 3.6. - - -*** Installing GPGME - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: install-gpgme - :END: - -See the GPGME =README= file for details of how to install GPGME from -source. - - -** Known Issues - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: snafu - :END: - -There are a few known issues with the current build process and the -Python bindings. For the most part these are easily addressed should -they be encountered. - - -*** Breaking Builds - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: snafu-a-swig-of-this-builds-character - :END: - -Occasionally when installing GPGME with the Python bindings included -it may be observed that the =make= portion of that process induces a -large very number of warnings and, eventually errors which end that -part of the build process. Yet following that with =make check= and -=make install= appears to work seamlessly. - -The cause of this is related to the way SWIG needs to be called to -dynamically generate the C bindings for GPGME in the first place. So -the entire process will always produce =lang/python/python2-gpg/= and -=lang/python/python3-gpg/= directories. These should contain the -build output generated during compilation, including the complete -bindings and module installed into =site-packages=. - -Occasionally the errors in the early part or some other conflict -(e.g. not installing as */root/* or */su/*) may result in nothing -being installed to the relevant =site-packages= directory and the -build directory missing a lot of expected files. Even when this -occurs, the solution is actually quite simple and will always work. - -That solution is simply to run the following commands as either the -*root* user or prepended with =sudo -H=[fn:3] in the =lang/python/= -directory: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - /path/to/pythonX.Y setup.py build - /path/to/pythonX.Y setup.py build - /path/to/pythonX.Y setup.py install -#+END_SRC - -Yes, the build command does need to be run twice. Yes, you still need -to run the potentially failing or incomplete steps during the -=configure=, =make= and =make install= steps with installing GPGME. -This is because those steps generate a lot of essential files needed, -both by and in order to create, the bindings (including both the -=setup.py= and =gpgme.h= files). - - -**** IMPORTANT Note - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: snafu-swig-build-note - :END: - -If specifying a selected number of languages to create bindings for, -try to leave Python last. Currently the majority of the other -language bindings are also preceding Python of either version when -listed alphabetically (not counting the Qt bindings). - -If Python is set to precede one of the other languages then it is -possible that the errors described here may interrupt the build -process before generating bindings for those other languages. In -these cases it may be preferable to configure all preferred language -bindings separately with alternative =configure= steps for GPGME using -the =--enable-languages=$LANGUAGE= option. - -Alternatively =make= (or =gmake=, depending on your platform) may be -run with the the =-k= option, which tells make to keep going even if -errors are encountered. In that case the failure of one language's -set of bindings to build should not hamper another language's bindings -to build. - - -*** Reinstalling Responsibly - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: snafu-lessons-for-the-lazy - :END: - -Regardless of whether you're installing for one version of Python or -several, there will come a point where reinstallation is required. -With most Python module installations, the installed files go into the -relevant site-packages directory and are then forgotten about. Then -the module is upgraded, the new files are copied over the old and -that's the end of the matter. - -While the same is true of these bindings, there have been intermittent -issues observed on some platforms which have benefited significantly -from removing all the previous installations of the bindings before -installing the updated versions. - -Removing the previous version(s) is simply a matter of changing to the -relevant =site-packages= directory for the version of Python in -question and removing the =gpg/= directory and any accompanying -egg-info files for that module. - -In most cases this will require root or administration privileges on -the system, but the same is true of installing the module in the first -place. - - -*** Multiple installations - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: snafu-the-full-monty - :END: - -For a variety of reasons it may be either necessary or just preferable -to install the bindings to alternative installed Python versions which -meet the requirements of these bindings. - -On POSIX systems this will generally be most simply achieved by -running the manual installation commands (build, build, install) as -described in the previous section for each Python installation the -bindings need to be installed to. - -As per the SWIG documentation: the compilers, libraries and runtime -used to build GPGME and the Python Bindings *must* match those used to -compile Python itself, including the version number(s) (at least going -by major version numbers and probably minor numbers too). - -On most POSIX systems, including OS X, this will very likely be the -case in most, if not all, cases. - -Note that from GPGME [[https://dev.gnupg.org/rMff6ff616aea6f59b7f2ce1176492850ecdf3851e][1.12.1]] the default installation installs to each -version of Python it can find first. That is that it will currently -install for the first copies of Python versions 2.7, 3.4, 3.5, and so on -up until the current dev branch that it finds. Usually this will be in the -same prefix as GPGME itself, but is dictated by the =$PATH= when the -installation is performed. The above instructions can still be -performed on other python installations which the installer does not -find, including alternative prefixes. - - - -*** Won't Work With Windows - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: snafu-runtime-not-funtime - :END: - -There are semi-regular reports of Windows users having considerable -difficulty in installing and using the Python bindings at all. Very -often, possibly even always, these reports come from Cygwin users -and/or MinGW users and/or Msys2 users. Though not all of them have -been confirmed, it appears that these reports have also come from -people who installed Python using the Windows installer files from the -[[https://python.org][Python website]] (i.e. mostly MSI installers, sometimes self-extracting -=.exe= files). - -The Windows versions of Python are not built using Cygwin, MinGW or -Msys2; they're built using Microsoft Visual Studio. Furthermore the -version used is /considerably/ more advanced than the version which -MinGW obtained a small number of files from many years ago in order to -be able to compile anything at all. Not only that, but there are -changes to the version of Visual Studio between some micro releases, -though that is is particularly the case with Python 2.7, since it has -been kept around far longer than it should have been. - -There are two theoretical solutions to this issue: - - 1. Compile and install the GnuPG stack, including GPGME and the - Python bindings using the same version of Microsoft Visual Studio - used by the Python Foundation to compile the version of Python - installed. - - If there are multiple versions of Python then this will need to be - done with each different version of Visual Studio used for those - versions of Python. - - 2. Compile and install Python using the same tools used by choice, - such as MinGW or Msys2. - -Do *not* use the official Windows installer for Python unless -following the first method. - -In this type of situation it may even be for the best to accept that -there are less limitations on permissive software than free software -and simply opt to use a recent version of the Community Edition of -Microsoft Visual Studio to compile and build all of it, no matter -what. - -Investigations into the extent or the limitations of this issue are -ongoing. - -The following table lists the version of Microsoft Visual Studio which -needs to be used when compiling GPGME and the Python bindings with -each version of the CPython binary released [[https://www.python.org/downloads/windows/][for Windows]]: - -| CPython | Microsoft product name | runtime filename | -| 2.7.6 | Visual Studio 2008 | MSVCR90.DLL | -| 3.4.0 | Visual Studio 2010 | MSVCR100.DLL | -| 3.5.0 | Visual Studio 2015 | *see below* | -| 3.6.0 | Visual Studio 2015 | *see below* | -| 3.7.0 | Visual Studio 2017* | *see below* | - -It is important to note that MingW and Msys2 ship with the Visual C -runtime from Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 and are thus *incompatible* -with all the versions of CPython which can be used with the GPGME -Python bindings. - -It is also important to note that from CPython 3.5 onwards, the Python -Foundation has adopted the reworking of the Visual C runtime which was -performed for Visual Studio 2015 and aimed at resolving many of these -kinds of issues. Much greater detail on these issues and the correct -file(s) to link to are available from Matthew Brett's invaluable page, -[[https://matthew-brett.github.io/pydagogue/python_msvc.html][Using Microsoft Visual C with Python]]. It is also worth reading the -Microsoft Developer Network blog post on [[http://blogs.msdn.com/b/vcblog/archive/2015/03/03/introducing-the-universal-crt.aspx][the universal CRT]] and Steve -Dower's blog posts on Python extensions ([[http://stevedower.id.au/blog/building-for-python-3-5][part 1]] and [[http://stevedower.id.au/blog/building-for-python-3-5-part-two][part 2]]). - -The second of those two posts by Steve Dower contains the details of -specific configuration options required for compiling anything to be -used with official CPython releases. In addition to those -configuration and compiler settings to use, the versions of Visual -Studio prior to Visual Studio 2015 did not support 64-bit systems by -default. So compiling a 64-bit version of these bindings for a 64-bit -version of CPython 2.7 or 3.4 requires additional work. - -In addition to the blog posts, the [[https://wiki.python.org/moin/WindowsCompilers][Windows compilers]] wiki page on the -CPython wiki is another essential reference on the relevant versions -of Visual Studio to use and the degree of compatibility with CPython -releases. - -Eventually someone will ask why there isn't an installable binary for -Windows, which the GPGME of the licenses do not preclude as long as -the source code is available in conjunction with such a release. - -The sheer number of versions of Visual Studio in conjunction with -differing configuration options depending on the target Windows -version and whether the architecture is 64-bit or 32-bit makes it -difficult to provide a correct binary installer for Windows users. At -the bare minimum doing so would require the GnuPG project compile ten -different versions of the bindings with each release; both 32-bit and -64-bit versions for CPython 2.7 and 3.4, with 64-bit versions for both -x86-64 (i.e. Intel and AMD) and ARM architectures for CPython 3.5, -3.6, 3.7 and later releases. That's the bare *minimum*, it'd probably -be higher. - -Additionally, with only a binary installation used in conjunction with -the CPython installer from =python.org= the advanced options available -which utilise [[#cython][Cython]] will not be able to be used at all. Cython -depends on being able to compile the C code it generates and that too -would need to utilise a matching runtime to both the installed version -of CPython and these bindings in order to work with the bindings. - -Considering all of that, what do we recommend? - - 1. Use a recent version of CPython; at least 3.5, but ideally 3.6 or - later. - - 2. Use Visual Studio 2015 or the standalone build tools for Visual - Studio 2017 (or later). - - 3. Compile both CPython and GPGME with these bindings using the tools - selected in step 2. - - 4. Ignore MingW, Msys2 and the official CPython binary installers. - - 5. Be thankful the answer to this question wasn't simply to say - something like, “install Linux” or “install FreeBSD” (or even - Apple's OS X). - - -*** CFFI is the Best™ and GPGME should use it instead of SWIG - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: snafu-cffi - :END: - -There are many reasons for favouring [[https://cffi.readthedocs.io/en/latest/overview.html][CFFI]] and proponents of it are -quite happy to repeat these things as if all it would take to switch -from SWIG to CFFI is repeating that list as if it were a new concept. - -The fact is that there are things which Python's CFFI implementation -cannot handle in the GPGME C code. Beyond that there are features of -SWIG which are simply not available with CFFI at all. SWIG generates -the bindings to Python using the =gpgme.h= file, but that file is not -a single version shipped with each release, it too is generated when -GPGME is compiled. - -CFFI is currently unable to adapt to such a potentially mutable -codebase. If there were some means of applying SWIG's dynamic code -generation to produce the Python/CFFI API modes of accessing the GPGME -libraries (or the source source code directly), but such a thing does -not exist yet either and it currently appears that work is needed in -at least one of CFFI's dependencies before any of this can be -addressed. - -So if you're a massive fan of CFFI; that's great, but if you want this -project to switch to CFFI then rather than just insisting that it -should, I'd suggest you volunteer to bring CFFI up to the level this -project needs. - -If you're actually seriously considering doing so, then I'd suggest -taking the =gpgme-tool.c= file in the GPGME =src/= directory and -getting that to work with any of the CFFI API methods (not the ABI -methods, they'll work with pretty much anything). When you start -running into trouble with "ifdefs" then you'll know what sort of -things are lacking. That doesn't even take into account the amount of -work saved via SWIG's code generation techniques either. - - -*** Virtualised Environments - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: snafu-venv - :END: - -It is fairly common practice amongst Python developers to, as much as -possible, use packages like virtualenv to keep various things that are -to be installed from interfering with each other. Given how much of -the GPGME bindings is often at odds with the usual pythonic way of -doing things, it stands to reason that this would be called into -question too. - -As it happens the answer as to whether or not the bindings can be used -with virtualenv, the answer is both yes and no. - -In general we recommend installing to the relevant path and matching -prefix of GPGME itself. Which means that when GPGME, and ideally the -rest of the GnuPG stack, is installed to a prefix like =/usr/local= or -=/opt/local= then the bindings would need to be installed to the main -Python installation and not a virtualised abstraction. Attempts to -separate the two in the past have been known to cause weird and -intermittent errors ranging from minor annoyances to complete failures -in the build process. - -As a consequence we only recommend building with and installing to the -main Python installations within the same prefix as GPGME is installed -to or which are found by GPGME's configuration stage immediately prior -to running the make commands. Which is exactly what the compiling and -installing process of GPGME does by default. - -Once that is done, however, it appears that a copy of the compiled -module may be installed into a virtualenv of the same major and minor -version matching the build. Alternatively it is possible to utilise a -=sites.pth= file in the =site-packages/= directory of a virtualenv -installation, which links back to the system installations -corresponding directory in order to import anything installed system -wide. This may or may not be appropriate on a case by case basis. - -Though extensive testing of either of these options is not yet -complete, preliminary testing of them indicates that both are viable -as long as the main installation is complete. Which means that -certain other options normally restricted to virtual environments are -also available, including integration with pythonic test suites -(e.g. [[https://docs.pytest.org/en/latest/index.html][pytest]]) and other large projects. - -That said, it is worth reiterating the warning regarding non-standard -installations. If one were to attempt to install the bindings only to -a virtual environment without somehow also including the full GnuPG -stack (or enough of it as to include GPGME) then it is highly likely -that errors would be encountered at some point and more than a little -likely that the build process itself would break. - -If a degree of separation from the main operating system is still -required in spite of these warnings, then consider other forms of -virtualisation. Either a virtual machine (e.g. [[https://www.virtualbox.org/][VirtualBox]]), a -hardware emulation layer (e.g. [[https://www.qemu.org/][QEMU]]) or an application container -(e.g. [[https://www.docker.com/why-docker][Docker]]). - -Finally it should be noted that the limited tests conducted thus far -have been using the =virtualenv= command in a new directory to create -the virtual python environment. As opposed to the standard =python3 --m venv= and it is possible that this will make a difference depending -on the system and version of Python in use. Another option is to run -the command =python3 -m virtualenv /path/to/install/virtual/thingy= -instead. - - -*** Post installation - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: snafu-docs - :END: - -Following installation it is recommended to move the -=post_installer.py= script from the =lang/python/examples/howto/= -directory to the =lang/python/= directory and run it. This will fix -or restore files needed by Sphinx which may be removed during a -distribution build for release. It will also generate reST files from -Org mode files with Pandoc and generate Texinfo files from Org mode -files with GNU Emacs and Org mode (in batch mode). Additionally it -will fix the UTF-8 declaration line in the Texinfo files (Emacs -expects "UTF-8" to be "utf-8"). - - -* Fundamentals - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-fund-a-mental - :END: - -Before we can get to the fun stuff, there are a few matters regarding -GPGME's design which hold true whether you're dealing with the C code -directly or these Python bindings. - - -** No REST - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: no-rest-for-the-wicked - :END: - -The first part of which is or will be fairly blatantly obvious upon -viewing the first example, but it's worth reiterating anyway. That -being that this API is /*not*/ a REST API. Nor indeed could it ever -be one. - -Most, if not all, Python programmers (and not just Python programmers) -know how easy it is to work with a RESTful API. In fact they've -become so popular that many other APIs attempt to emulate REST-like -behaviour as much as they are able. Right down to the use of JSON -formatted output to facilitate the use of their API without having to -retrain developers. - -This API does not do that. It would not be able to do that and also -provide access to the entire C API on which it's built. It does, -however, provide a very pythonic interface on top of the direct -bindings and it's this pythonic layer that this HOWTO deals with. - - -** Context - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-get-context - :END: - -One of the reasons which prevents this API from being RESTful is that -most operations require more than one instruction to the API to -perform the task. Sure, there are certain functions which can be -performed simultaneously, particularly if the result known or strongly -anticipated (e.g. selecting and encrypting to a key known to be in the -public keybox). - -There are many more, however, which cannot be manipulated so readily: -they must be performed in a specific sequence and the result of one -operation has a direct bearing on the outcome of subsequent -operations. Not merely by generating an error either. - -When dealing with this type of persistent state on the web, full of -both the RESTful and REST-like, it's most commonly referred to as a -session. In GPGME, however, it is called a context and every -operation type has one. - - -* Working with keys - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-keys - :END: - - -** Key selection - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-keys-selection - :END: - -Selecting keys to encrypt to or to sign with will be a common -occurrence when working with GPGMe and the means available for doing -so are quite simple. - -They do depend on utilising a Context; however once the data is -recorded in another variable, that Context does not need to be the -same one which subsequent operations are performed. - -The easiest way to select a specific key is by searching for that -key's key ID or fingerprint, preferably the full fingerprint without -any spaces in it. A long key ID will probably be okay, but is not -advised and short key IDs are already a problem with some being -generated to match specific patterns. It does not matter whether the -pattern is upper or lower case. - -So this is the best method: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -k = gpg.Context().keylist(pattern="258E88DCBD3CD44D8E7AB43F6ECB6AF0DEADBEEF") -keys = list(k) -#+END_SRC - -This is passable and very likely to be common: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -k = gpg.Context().keylist(pattern="0x6ECB6AF0DEADBEEF") -keys = list(k) -#+END_SRC - -And this is a really bad idea: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -k = gpg.Context().keylist(pattern="0xDEADBEEF") -keys = list(k) -#+END_SRC - -Alternatively it may be that the intention is to create a list of keys -which all match a particular search string. For instance all the -addresses at a particular domain, like this: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -ncsc = gpg.Context().keylist(pattern="ncsc.mil") -nsa = list(ncsc) -#+END_SRC - - -*** Counting keys - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-keys-counting - :END: - -Counting the number of keys in your public keybox (=pubring.kbx=), the -format which has superseded the old keyring format (=pubring.gpg= and -=secring.gpg=), or the number of secret keys is a very simple task. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -c = gpg.Context() -seckeys = c.keylist(pattern=None, secret=True) -pubkeys = c.keylist(pattern=None, secret=False) - -seclist = list(seckeys) -secnum = len(seclist) - -publist = list(pubkeys) -pubnum = len(publist) - -print(""" - Number of secret keys: {0} - Number of public keys: {1} -""".format(secnum, pubnum)) -#+END_SRC - -NOTE: The [[#cython][Cython]] introduction in the [[#advanced-use][Advanced and Experimental]] -section uses this same key counting code with Cython to demonstrate -some areas where Cython can improve performance even with the -bindings. Users with large public keyrings or keyboxes, for instance, -should consider these options if they are comfortable with using -Cython. - - -** Get key - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-get-key - :END: - -An alternative method of getting a single key via its fingerprint is -available directly within a Context with =Context().get_key=. This is -the preferred method of selecting a key in order to modify it, sign or -certify it and for obtaining relevant data about a single key as a -part of other functions; when verifying a signature made by that key, -for instance. - -By default this method will select public keys, but it can select -secret keys as well. - -This first example demonstrates selecting the current key of Werner -Koch, which is due to expire at the end of 2018: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -fingerprint = "80615870F5BAD690333686D0F2AD85AC1E42B367" -key = gpg.Context().get_key(fingerprint) -#+END_SRC - -Whereas this example demonstrates selecting the author's current key -with the =secret= key word argument set to =True=: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -fingerprint = "DB4724E6FA4286C92B4E55C4321E4E2373590E5D" -key = gpg.Context().get_key(fingerprint, secret=True) -#+END_SRC - -It is, of course, quite possible to select expired, disabled and -revoked keys with this function, but only to effectively display -information about those keys. - -It is also possible to use both unicode or string literals and byte -literals with the fingerprint when getting a key in this way. - - -** Importing keys - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-import-key - :END: - -Importing keys is possible with the =key_import()= method and takes -one argument which is a bytes literal object containing either the -binary or ASCII armoured key data for one or more keys. - -The following example retrieves one or more keys from the SKS -keyservers via the web using the requests module. Since requests -returns the content as a bytes literal object, we can then use that -directly to import the resulting data into our keybox. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import os.path -import requests - -c = gpg.Context() -url = "https://sks-keyservers.net/pks/lookup" -pattern = input("Enter the pattern to search for key or user IDs: ") -payload = {"op": "get", "search": pattern} - -r = requests.get(url, verify=True, params=payload) -result = c.key_import(r.content) - -if result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is False: - print(result) -elif result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is True: - num_keys = len(result.imports) - new_revs = result.new_revocations - new_sigs = result.new_signatures - new_subs = result.new_sub_keys - new_uids = result.new_user_ids - new_scrt = result.secret_imported - nochange = result.unchanged - print(""" - The total number of keys considered for import was: {0} - - Number of keys revoked: {1} - Number of new signatures: {2} - Number of new subkeys: {3} - Number of new user IDs: {4} - Number of new secret keys: {5} - Number of unchanged keys: {6} - - The key IDs for all considered keys were: -""".format(num_keys, new_revs, new_sigs, new_subs, new_uids, new_scrt, - nochange)) - for i in range(num_keys): - print("{0}\n".format(result.imports[i].fpr)) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -NOTE: When searching for a key ID of any length or a fingerprint -(without spaces), the SKS servers require the the leading =0x= -indicative of hexadecimal be included. Also note that the old short -key IDs (e.g. =0xDEADBEEF=) should no longer be used due to the -relative ease by which such key IDs can be reproduced, as demonstrated -by the Evil32 Project in 2014 (which was subsequently exploited in -2016). - -Testing for whether a string in any given search is or may be a -hexadecimal value which may be missing the leading =0x= is a simple -matter of using a try/except statement which attempts to convert the -string as hex to an integer and then back to hex; then using that to -search with. Raising a ValueError simply results in treating the -string as a string. This is the method and logic utilised in the -=import-keys-hkp.py= script (see below). - - -*** Working with ProtonMail - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: import-protonmail - :END: - -Here is a variation on the example above which checks the constrained -ProtonMail keyserver for ProtonMail public keys. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import requests -import sys - -print(""" -This script searches the ProtonMail key server for the specified key and -imports it. -""") - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) -url = "https://api.protonmail.ch/pks/lookup" -ksearch = [] - -if len(sys.argv) >= 2: - keyterm = sys.argv[1] -else: - keyterm = input("Enter the key ID, UID or search string: ") - -if keyterm.count("@") == 2 and keyterm.startswith("@") is True: - ksearch.append(keyterm[1:]) - ksearch.append(keyterm[1:]) - ksearch.append(keyterm[1:]) -elif keyterm.count("@") == 1 and keyterm.startswith("@") is True: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(keyterm[1:])) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(keyterm[1:])) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(keyterm[1:])) -elif keyterm.count("@") == 0: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(keyterm)) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(keyterm)) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(keyterm)) -elif keyterm.count("@") == 2 and keyterm.startswith("@") is False: - uidlist = keyterm.split("@") - for uid in uidlist: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(uid)) -elif keyterm.count("@") > 2: - uidlist = keyterm.split("@") - for uid in uidlist: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(uid)) -else: - ksearch.append(keyterm) - -for k in ksearch: - payload = {"op": "get", "search": k} - try: - r = requests.get(url, verify=True, params=payload) - if r.ok is True: - result = c.key_import(r.content) - elif r.ok is False: - result = r.content - except Exception as e: - result = None - - if result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is False: - print("{0} for {1}".format(result.decode(), k)) - elif result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is True: - num_keys = len(result.imports) - new_revs = result.new_revocations - new_sigs = result.new_signatures - new_subs = result.new_sub_keys - new_uids = result.new_user_ids - new_scrt = result.secret_imported - nochange = result.unchanged - print(""" -The total number of keys considered for import was: {0} - -With UIDs wholely or partially matching the following string: - - {1} - - Number of keys revoked: {2} - Number of new signatures: {3} - Number of new subkeys: {4} - Number of new user IDs: {5} -Number of new secret keys: {6} - Number of unchanged keys: {7} - -The key IDs for all considered keys were: -""".format(num_keys, k, new_revs, new_sigs, new_subs, new_uids, new_scrt, - nochange)) - for i in range(num_keys): - print(result.imports[i].fpr) - print("") - elif result is None: - print(e) -#+END_SRC - -Both the above example, [[../examples/howto/pmkey-import.py][pmkey-import.py]], and a version which prompts -for an alternative GnuPG home directory, [[../examples/howto/pmkey-import-alt.py][pmkey-import-alt.py]], are -available with the other examples and are executable scripts. - -Note that while the ProtonMail servers are based on the SKS servers, -their server is related more to their API and is not feature complete -by comparison to the servers in the SKS pool. One notable difference -being that the ProtonMail server does not permit non ProtonMail users -to update their own keys, which could be a vector for attacking -ProtonMail users who may not receive a key's revocation if it had been -compromised. - - -*** Importing with HKP for Python - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: import-hkp4py - :END: - -Performing the same tasks with the [[https://github.com/Selfnet/hkp4py][hkp4py module]] (available via PyPI) -is not too much different, but does provide a number of options of -benefit to end users. Not least of which being the ability to perform -some checks on a key before importing it or not. For instance it may -be the policy of a site or project to only import keys which have not -been revoked. The hkp4py module permits such checks prior to the -importing of the keys found. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import hkp4py -import sys - -c = gpg.Context() -server = hkp4py.KeyServer("hkps://hkps.pool.sks-keyservers.net") -results = [] -keys = [] - -if len(sys.argv) > 2: - pattern = " ".join(sys.argv[1:]) -elif len(sys.argv) == 2: - pattern = sys.argv[1] -else: - pattern = input("Enter the pattern to search for keys or user IDs: ") - - -if pattern is not None: - try: - key = server.search(hex(int(pattern, 16))) - keyed = True - except ValueError as ve: - key = server.search(pattern) - keyed = False - - if key is not None: - keys.append(key[0]) - if keyed is True: - try: - fob = server.search(pattern) - except: - fob = None - if fob is not None: - keys.append(fob[0]) - else: - pass - else: - pass - - for logrus in pattern.split(): - try: - key = server.search(hex(int(logrus, 16))) - hexed = True - except ValueError as ve: - key = server.search(logrus) - hexed = False - - if key is not None: - keys.append(key[0]) - if hexed is True: - try: - fob = server.search(logrus) - except: - fob = None - if fob is not None: - keys.append(fob[0]) - else: - pass - else: - pass - - -if len(keys) > 0: - for key in keys: - import_result = c.key_import(key.key_blob) - results.append(import_result) - -for result in results: - if result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is False: - print(result) - elif result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is True: - num_keys = len(result.imports) - new_revs = result.new_revocations - new_sigs = result.new_signatures - new_subs = result.new_sub_keys - new_uids = result.new_user_ids - new_scrt = result.secret_imported - nochange = result.unchanged - print(""" -The total number of keys considered for import was: {0} - - Number of keys revoked: {1} - Number of new signatures: {2} - Number of new subkeys: {3} - Number of new user IDs: {4} -Number of new secret keys: {5} - Number of unchanged keys: {6} - -The key IDs for all considered keys were: -""".format(num_keys, new_revs, new_sigs, new_subs, new_uids, new_scrt, - nochange)) - for i in range(num_keys): - print(result.imports[i].fpr) - print("") - else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -Since the hkp4py module handles multiple keys just as effectively as -one (=keys= is a list of responses per matching key), the example -above is able to do a little bit more with the returned data before -anything is actually imported. - - -*** Importing from ProtonMail with HKP for Python - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: import-protonmail-hkp4py - :END: - -Though this can provide certain benefits even when working with -ProtonMail, the scope is somewhat constrained there due to the -limitations of the ProtonMail keyserver. - -For instance, searching the SKS keyserver pool for the term "gnupg" -produces hundreds of results from any time the word appears in any -part of a user ID. Performing the same search on the ProtonMail -keyserver returns zero results, even though there are at least two -test accounts which include it as part of the username. - -The cause of this discrepancy is the deliberate configuration of that -server by ProtonMail to require an exact match of the full email -address of the ProtonMail user whose key is being requested. -Presumably this is intended to reduce breaches of privacy of their -users as an email address must already be known before a key for that -address can be obtained. - - -**** Import from ProtonMail via HKP for Python Example no. 1 - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: import-hkp4py-pm1 - :END: - -The following script is available with the rest of the examples under -the somewhat less than original name, =pmkey-import-hkp.py=. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import hkp4py -import os.path -import sys - -print(""" -This script searches the ProtonMail key server for the specified key and -imports it. - -Usage: pmkey-import-hkp.py [search strings] -""") - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) -server = hkp4py.KeyServer("hkps://api.protonmail.ch") -keyterms = [] -ksearch = [] -allkeys = [] -results = [] -paradox = [] -homeless = None - -if len(sys.argv) > 2: - keyterms = sys.argv[1:] -elif len(sys.argv) == 2: - keyterm = sys.argv[1] - keyterms.append(keyterm) -else: - key_term = input("Enter the key ID, UID or search string: ") - keyterms = key_term.split() - -for keyterm in keyterms: - if keyterm.count("@") == 2 and keyterm.startswith("@") is True: - ksearch.append(keyterm[1:]) - ksearch.append(keyterm[1:]) - ksearch.append(keyterm[1:]) - elif keyterm.count("@") == 1 and keyterm.startswith("@") is True: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(keyterm[1:])) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(keyterm[1:])) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(keyterm[1:])) - elif keyterm.count("@") == 0: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(keyterm)) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(keyterm)) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(keyterm)) - elif keyterm.count("@") == 2 and keyterm.startswith("@") is False: - uidlist = keyterm.split("@") - for uid in uidlist: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(uid)) - elif keyterm.count("@") > 2: - uidlist = keyterm.split("@") - for uid in uidlist: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(uid)) - else: - ksearch.append(keyterm) - -for k in ksearch: - print("Checking for key for: {0}".format(k)) - try: - keys = server.search(k) - if isinstance(keys, list) is True: - for key in keys: - allkeys.append(key) - try: - import_result = c.key_import(key.key_blob) - except Exception as e: - import_result = c.key_import(key.key) - else: - paradox.append(keys) - import_result = None - except Exception as e: - import_result = None - results.append(import_result) - -for result in results: - if result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is False: - print("{0} for {1}".format(result.decode(), k)) - elif result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is True: - num_keys = len(result.imports) - new_revs = result.new_revocations - new_sigs = result.new_signatures - new_subs = result.new_sub_keys - new_uids = result.new_user_ids - new_scrt = result.secret_imported - nochange = result.unchanged - print(""" -The total number of keys considered for import was: {0} - -With UIDs wholely or partially matching the following string: - - {1} - - Number of keys revoked: {2} - Number of new signatures: {3} - Number of new subkeys: {4} - Number of new user IDs: {5} -Number of new secret keys: {6} - Number of unchanged keys: {7} - -The key IDs for all considered keys were: -""".format(num_keys, k, new_revs, new_sigs, new_subs, new_uids, new_scrt, - nochange)) - for i in range(num_keys): - print(result.imports[i].fpr) - print("") - elif result is None: - pass -#+END_SRC - - -**** Import from ProtonMail via HKP for Python Example no. 2 - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: import-hkp4py-pm2 - :END: - -Like its counterpart above, this script can also be found with the -rest of the examples, by the name pmkey-import-hkp-alt.py. - -With this script a modicum of effort has been made to treat anything -passed as a =homedir= which either does not exist or which is not a -directory, as also being a pssible user ID to check for. It's not -guaranteed to pick up on all such cases, but it should cover most of -them. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import hkp4py -import os.path -import sys - -print(""" -This script searches the ProtonMail key server for the specified key and -imports it. Optionally enables specifying a different GnuPG home directory. - -Usage: pmkey-import-hkp.py [homedir] [search string] - or: pmkey-import-hkp.py [search string] -""") - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) -server = hkp4py.KeyServer("hkps://api.protonmail.ch") -keyterms = [] -ksearch = [] -allkeys = [] -results = [] -paradox = [] -homeless = None - -if len(sys.argv) > 3: - homedir = sys.argv[1] - keyterms = sys.argv[2:] -elif len(sys.argv) == 3: - homedir = sys.argv[1] - keyterm = sys.argv[2] - keyterms.append(keyterm) -elif len(sys.argv) == 2: - homedir = "" - keyterm = sys.argv[1] - keyterms.append(keyterm) -else: - keyterm = input("Enter the key ID, UID or search string: ") - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") - keyterms.append(keyterm) - -if len(homedir) == 0: - homedir = None - homeless = False - -if homedir is not None: - if homedir.startswith("~"): - if os.path.exists(os.path.expanduser(homedir)) is True: - if os.path.isdir(os.path.expanduser(homedir)) is True: - c.home_dir = os.path.realpath(os.path.expanduser(homedir)) - else: - homeless = True - else: - homeless = True - elif os.path.exists(os.path.realpath(homedir)) is True: - if os.path.isdir(os.path.realpath(homedir)) is True: - c.home_dir = os.path.realpath(homedir) - else: - homeless = True - else: - homeless = True - -# First check to see if the homedir really is a homedir and if not, treat it as -# a search string. -if homeless is True: - keyterms.append(homedir) - c.home_dir = None -else: - pass - -for keyterm in keyterms: - if keyterm.count("@") == 2 and keyterm.startswith("@") is True: - ksearch.append(keyterm[1:]) - ksearch.append(keyterm[1:]) - ksearch.append(keyterm[1:]) - elif keyterm.count("@") == 1 and keyterm.startswith("@") is True: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(keyterm[1:])) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(keyterm[1:])) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(keyterm[1:])) - elif keyterm.count("@") == 0: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(keyterm)) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(keyterm)) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(keyterm)) - elif keyterm.count("@") == 2 and keyterm.startswith("@") is False: - uidlist = keyterm.split("@") - for uid in uidlist: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(uid)) - elif keyterm.count("@") > 2: - uidlist = keyterm.split("@") - for uid in uidlist: - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.com".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@protonmail.ch".format(uid)) - ksearch.append("{0}@pm.me".format(uid)) - else: - ksearch.append(keyterm) - -for k in ksearch: - print("Checking for key for: {0}".format(k)) - try: - keys = server.search(k) - if isinstance(keys, list) is True: - for key in keys: - allkeys.append(key) - try: - import_result = c.key_import(key.key_blob) - except Exception as e: - import_result = c.key_import(key.key) - else: - paradox.append(keys) - import_result = None - except Exception as e: - import_result = None - results.append(import_result) - -for result in results: - if result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is False: - print("{0} for {1}".format(result.decode(), k)) - elif result is not None and hasattr(result, "considered") is True: - num_keys = len(result.imports) - new_revs = result.new_revocations - new_sigs = result.new_signatures - new_subs = result.new_sub_keys - new_uids = result.new_user_ids - new_scrt = result.secret_imported - nochange = result.unchanged - print(""" -The total number of keys considered for import was: {0} - -With UIDs wholely or partially matching the following string: - - {1} - - Number of keys revoked: {2} - Number of new signatures: {3} - Number of new subkeys: {4} - Number of new user IDs: {5} -Number of new secret keys: {6} - Number of unchanged keys: {7} - -The key IDs for all considered keys were: -""".format(num_keys, k, new_revs, new_sigs, new_subs, new_uids, new_scrt, - nochange)) - for i in range(num_keys): - print(result.imports[i].fpr) - print("") - elif result is None: - pass -#+END_SRC - - -** Exporting keys - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-export-key - :END: - -Exporting keys remains a reasonably simple task, but has been -separated into three different functions for the OpenPGP cryptographic -engine. Two of those functions are for exporting public keys and the -third is for exporting secret keys. - - -*** Exporting public keys - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-export-public-key - :END: - -There are two methods of exporting public keys, both of which are very -similar to the other. The default method, =key_export()=, will export -a public key or keys matching a specified pattern as normal. The -alternative, the =key_export_minimal()= method, will do the same thing -except producing a minimised output with extra signatures and third -party signatures or certifications removed. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import os.path -import sys - -print(""" -This script exports one or more public keys. -""") - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) - -if len(sys.argv) >= 4: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = sys.argv[2] - homedir = sys.argv[3] -elif len(sys.argv) == 3: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = sys.argv[2] - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") -elif len(sys.argv) == 2: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = input("Enter the UID matching the key(s) to export: ") - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") -else: - keyfile = input("Enter the path and filename to save the secret key to: ") - logrus = input("Enter the UID matching the key(s) to export: ") - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") - -if homedir.startswith("~"): - if os.path.exists(os.path.expanduser(homedir)) is True: - c.home_dir = os.path.expanduser(homedir) - else: - pass -elif os.path.exists(homedir) is True: - c.home_dir = homedir -else: - pass - -try: - result = c.key_export(pattern=logrus) -except: - result = c.key_export(pattern=None) - -if result is not None: - with open(keyfile, "wb") as f: - f.write(result) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -It should be noted that the result will only return =None= when a -search pattern has been entered, but has not matched any keys. When -the search pattern itself is set to =None= this triggers the exporting -of the entire public keybox. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import os -import os.path -import sys - -print(""" -This script exports one or more public keys in minimised form. -""") - -def open_0o600(path, flags): - return os.open(path, flags, mode=0o600) - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) - -if len(sys.argv) >= 4: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = sys.argv[2] - homedir = sys.argv[3] -elif len(sys.argv) == 3: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = sys.argv[2] - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") -elif len(sys.argv) == 2: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = input("Enter the UID matching the key(s) to export: ") - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") -else: - keyfile = input("Enter the path and filename to save the secret key to: ") - logrus = input("Enter the UID matching the key(s) to export: ") - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") - -if homedir.startswith("~"): - if os.path.exists(os.path.expanduser(homedir)) is True: - c.home_dir = os.path.expanduser(homedir) - else: - pass -elif os.path.exists(homedir) is True: - c.home_dir = homedir -else: - pass - -try: - result = c.key_export_minimal(pattern=logrus) -except: - result = c.key_export_minimal(pattern=None) - -if result is not None: - with open(keyfile, "wb", opener=open_0o600) as f: - f.write(result) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - - -*** Exporting secret keys - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-export-secret-key - :END: - -Exporting secret keys is, functionally, very similar to exporting -public keys; save for the invocation of =pinentry= via =gpg-agent= in -order to securely enter the key's passphrase and authorise the export. - -The following example exports the secret key to a file which is then -set with the same permissions as the output files created by the -command line secret key export options. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import os -import os.path -import sys - -print(""" -This script exports one or more secret keys. - -The gpg-agent and pinentry are invoked to authorise the export. -""") - -def open_0o600(path, flags): - return os.open(path, flags, mode=0o600) - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) - -if len(sys.argv) >= 4: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = sys.argv[2] - homedir = sys.argv[3] -elif len(sys.argv) == 3: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = sys.argv[2] - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") -elif len(sys.argv) == 2: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = input("Enter the UID matching the secret key(s) to export: ") - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") -else: - keyfile = input("Enter the path and filename to save the secret key to: ") - logrus = input("Enter the UID matching the secret key(s) to export: ") - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") - -if len(homedir) == 0: - homedir = None -elif homedir.startswith("~"): - userdir = os.path.expanduser(homedir) - if os.path.exists(userdir) is True: - homedir = os.path.realpath(userdir) - else: - homedir = None -else: - homedir = os.path.realpath(homedir) - -if os.path.exists(homedir) is False: - homedir = None -else: - if os.path.isdir(homedir) is False: - homedir = None - else: - pass - -if homedir is not None: - c.home_dir = homedir -else: - pass - -try: - result = c.key_export_secret(pattern=logrus) -except: - result = c.key_export_secret(pattern=None) - -if result is not None: - with open(keyfile, "wb", opener=open_0o600)) as f: - f.write(result) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -Alternatively the approach of the following script can be used. This -longer example saves the exported secret key(s) in files in the GnuPG -home directory, in addition to setting the file permissions as only -readable and writable by the user. It also exports the secret key(s) -twice in order to output both GPG binary (=.gpg=) and ASCII armoured -(=.asc=) files. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import os -import os.path -import subprocess -import sys - -print(""" -This script exports one or more secret keys as both ASCII armored and binary -file formats, saved in files within the user's GPG home directory. - -The gpg-agent and pinentry are invoked to authorise the export. -""") - -if sys.platform == "win32": - gpgconfcmd = "gpgconf.exe --list-dirs homedir" -else: - gpgconfcmd = "gpgconf --list-dirs homedir" - -a = gpg.Context(armor=True) -b = gpg.Context() -c = gpg.Context() - -if len(sys.argv) >= 4: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = sys.argv[2] - homedir = sys.argv[3] -elif len(sys.argv) == 3: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = sys.argv[2] - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") -elif len(sys.argv) == 2: - keyfile = sys.argv[1] - logrus = input("Enter the UID matching the secret key(s) to export: ") - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") -else: - keyfile = input("Enter the filename to save the secret key to: ") - logrus = input("Enter the UID matching the secret key(s) to export: ") - homedir = input("Enter the GPG configuration directory path (optional): ") - -if len(homedir) == 0: - homedir = None -elif homedir.startswith("~"): - userdir = os.path.expanduser(homedir) - if os.path.exists(userdir) is True: - homedir = os.path.realpath(userdir) - else: - homedir = None -else: - homedir = os.path.realpath(homedir) - -if os.path.exists(homedir) is False: - homedir = None -else: - if os.path.isdir(homedir) is False: - homedir = None - else: - pass - -if homedir is not None: - c.home_dir = homedir -else: - pass - -if c.home_dir is not None: - if c.home_dir.endswith("/"): - gpgfile = "{0}{1}.gpg".format(c.home_dir, keyfile) - ascfile = "{0}{1}.asc".format(c.home_dir, keyfile) - else: - gpgfile = "{0}/{1}.gpg".format(c.home_dir, keyfile) - ascfile = "{0}/{1}.asc".format(c.home_dir, keyfile) -else: - if os.path.exists(os.environ["GNUPGHOME"]) is True: - hd = os.environ["GNUPGHOME"] - else: - try: - hd = subprocess.getoutput(gpgconfcmd) - except: - process = subprocess.Popen(gpgconfcmd.split(), - stdout=subprocess.PIPE) - procom = process.communicate() - if sys.version_info[0] == 2: - hd = procom[0].strip() - else: - hd = procom[0].decode().strip() - gpgfile = "{0}/{1}.gpg".format(hd, keyfile) - ascfile = "{0}/{1}.asc".format(hd, keyfile) - -try: - a_result = a.key_export_secret(pattern=logrus) - b_result = b.key_export_secret(pattern=logrus) -except: - a_result = a.key_export_secret(pattern=None) - b_result = b.key_export_secret(pattern=None) - -if a_result is not None: - with open(ascfile, "wb") as f: - f.write(a_result) - os.chmod(ascfile, 0o600) -else: - pass - -if b_result is not None: - with open(gpgfile, "wb") as f: - f.write(b_result) - os.chmod(gpgfile, 0o600) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - - -*** Sending public keys to the SKS Keyservers - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-send-public-key - :END: - -As with the previous section on importing keys, the =hkp4py= module -adds another option with exporting keys in order to send them to the -public keyservers. - -The following example demonstrates how this may be done. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import hkp4py -import os.path -import sys - -print(""" -This script sends one or more public keys to the SKS keyservers and is -essentially a slight variation on the export-key.py script. -""") - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) -server = hkp4py.KeyServer("hkps://hkps.pool.sks-keyservers.net") - -if len(sys.argv) > 2: - logrus = " ".join(sys.argv[1:]) -elif len(sys.argv) == 2: - logrus = sys.argv[1] -else: - logrus = input("Enter the UID matching the key(s) to send: ") - -if len(logrus) > 0: - try: - export_result = c.key_export(pattern=logrus) - except Exception as e: - print(e) - export_result = None -else: - export_result = c.key_export(pattern=None) - -if export_result is not None: - try: - try: - send_result = server.add(export_result) - except: - send_result = server.add(export_result.decode()) - if send_result is not None: - print(send_result) - else: - pass - except Exception as e: - print(e) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -An expanded version of this script with additional functions for -specifying an alternative homedir location is in the examples -directory as =send-key-to-keyserver.py=. - -The =hkp4py= module appears to handle both string and byte literal text -data equally well, but the GPGME bindings deal primarily with byte -literal data only and so this script sends in that format first, then -tries the string literal form. - - -* Basic Functions - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-the-basics - :END: - -The most frequently called features of any cryptographic library will -be the most fundamental tasks for encryption software. In this -section we will look at how to programmatically encrypt data, decrypt -it, sign it and verify signatures. - - -** Encryption - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-encryption - :END: - -Encrypting is very straight forward. In the first example below the -message, =text=, is encrypted to a single recipient's key. In the -second example the message will be encrypted to multiple recipients. - - -*** Encrypting to one key - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-encryption-single - :END: - -Once the the Context is set the main issues with encrypting data is -essentially reduced to key selection and the keyword arguments -specified in the =gpg.Context().encrypt()= method. - -Those keyword arguments are: =recipients=, a list of keys encrypted to -(covered in greater detail in the following section); =sign=, whether -or not to sign the plaintext data, see subsequent sections on signing -and verifying signatures below (defaults to =True=); =sink=, to write -results or partial results to a secure sink instead of returning it -(defaults to =None=); =passphrase=, only used when utilising symmetric -encryption (defaults to =None=); =always_trust=, used to override the -trust model settings for recipient keys (defaults to =False=); -=add_encrypt_to=, utilises any preconfigured =encrypt-to= or -=default-key= settings in the user's =gpg.conf= file (defaults to -=False=); =prepare=, prepare for encryption (defaults to =False=); -=expect_sign=, prepare for signing (defaults to =False=); =compress=, -compresses the plaintext prior to encryption (defaults to =True=). - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -a_key = "0x12345678DEADBEEF" -text = b"""Some text to test with. - -Since the text in this case must be bytes, it is most likely that -the input form will be a separate file which is opened with "rb" -as this is the simplest method of obtaining the correct data format. -""" - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) -rkey = list(c.keylist(pattern=a_key, secret=False)) -ciphertext, result, sign_result = c.encrypt(text, recipients=rkey, sign=False) - -with open("secret_plans.txt.asc", "wb") as afile: - afile.write(ciphertext) -#+END_SRC - -Though this is even more likely to be used like this; with the -plaintext input read from a file, the recipient keys used for -encryption regardless of key trust status and the encrypted output -also encrypted to any preconfigured keys set in the =gpg.conf= file: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -a_key = "0x12345678DEADBEEF" - -with open("secret_plans.txt", "rb") as afile: - text = afile.read() - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) -rkey = list(c.keylist(pattern=a_key, secret=False)) -ciphertext, result, sign_result = c.encrypt(text, recipients=rkey, sign=True, - always_trust=True, - add_encrypt_to=True) - -with open("secret_plans.txt.asc", "wb") as afile: - afile.write(ciphertext) -#+END_SRC - -If the =recipients= parameter is empty then the plaintext is encrypted -symmetrically. If no =passphrase= is supplied as a parameter or via a -callback registered with the =Context()= then an out-of-band prompt -for the passphrase via pinentry will be invoked. - - -*** Encrypting to multiple keys - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-encryption-multiple - :END: - -Encrypting to multiple keys essentially just expands upon the key -selection process and the recipients from the previous examples. - -The following example encrypts a message (=text=) to everyone with an -email address on the =gnupg.org= domain,[fn:4] but does /not/ encrypt -to a default key or other key which is configured to normally encrypt -to. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -text = b"""Oh look, another test message. - -The same rules apply as with the previous example and more likely -than not, the message will actually be drawn from reading the -contents of a file or, maybe, from entering data at an input() -prompt. - -Since the text in this case must be bytes, it is most likely that -the input form will be a separate file which is opened with "rb" -as this is the simplest method of obtaining the correct data -format. -""" - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) -rpattern = list(c.keylist(pattern="@gnupg.org", secret=False)) -logrus = [] - -for i in range(len(rpattern)): - if rpattern[i].can_encrypt == 1: - logrus.append(rpattern[i]) - -ciphertext, result, sign_result = c.encrypt(text, recipients=logrus, - sign=False, always_trust=True) - -with open("secret_plans.txt.asc", "wb") as afile: - afile.write(ciphertext) -#+END_SRC - -All it would take to change the above example to sign the message -and also encrypt the message to any configured default keys would -be to change the =c.encrypt= line to this: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -ciphertext, result, sign_result = c.encrypt(text, recipients=logrus, - always_trust=True, - add_encrypt_to=True) -#+END_SRC - -The only keyword arguments requiring modification are those for which -the default values are changing. The default value of =sign= is -=True=, the default of =always_trust= is =False=, the default of -=add_encrypt_to= is =False=. - -If =always_trust= is not set to =True= and any of the recipient keys -are not trusted (e.g. not signed or locally signed) then the -encryption will raise an error. It is possible to mitigate this -somewhat with something more like this: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -with open("secret_plans.txt.asc", "rb") as afile: - text = afile.read() - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) -rpattern = list(c.keylist(pattern="@gnupg.org", secret=False)) -logrus = [] - -for i in range(len(rpattern)): - if rpattern[i].can_encrypt == 1: - logrus.append(rpattern[i]) - - try: - ciphertext, result, sign_result = c.encrypt(text, recipients=logrus, - add_encrypt_to=True) - except gpg.errors.InvalidRecipients as e: - for i in range(len(e.recipients)): - for n in range(len(logrus)): - if logrus[n].fpr == e.recipients[i].fpr: - logrus.remove(logrus[n]) - else: - pass - try: - ciphertext, result, sign_result = c.encrypt(text, - recipients=logrus, - add_encrypt_to=True) - with open("secret_plans.txt.asc", "wb") as afile: - afile.write(ciphertext) - except: - pass -#+END_SRC - -This will attempt to encrypt to all the keys searched for, then remove -invalid recipients if it fails and try again. - - -** Decryption - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-decryption - :END: - -Decrypting something encrypted to a key in one's secret keyring is -fairly straight forward. - -In this example code, however, preconfiguring either =gpg.Context()= -or =gpg.core.Context()= as =c= is unnecessary because there is no need -to modify the Context prior to conducting the decryption and since the -Context is only used once, setting it to =c= simply adds lines for no -gain. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -ciphertext = input("Enter path and filename of encrypted file: ") -newfile = input("Enter path and filename of file to save decrypted data to: ") - -with open(ciphertext, "rb") as cfile: - try: - plaintext, result, verify_result = gpg.Context().decrypt(cfile) - except gpg.errors.GPGMEError as e: - plaintext = None - print(e) - -if plaintext is not None: - with open(newfile, "wb") as nfile: - nfile.write(plaintext) - else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -The data available in =plaintext= in this example is the decrypted -content as a byte object, the recipient key IDs and algorithms in -=result= and the results of verifying any signatures of the data in -=verify_result=. - -If =gpg.Context().decrypt(cfile, verify=False)= is called instead, -then =verify_result= will be returned as =None= and the rest remains -as described here. - - -** Signing text and files - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-signing - :END: - -The following sections demonstrate how to specify keys to sign with. - - -*** Signing key selection - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-signing-signers - :END: - -By default GPGME and the Python bindings will use the default key -configured for the user invoking the GPGME API. If there is no -default key specified and there is more than one secret key available -it may be necessary to specify the key or keys with which to sign -messages and files. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -logrus = input("Enter the email address or string to match signing keys to: ") -hancock = gpg.Context().keylist(pattern=logrus, secret=True) -sig_src = list(hancock) -#+END_SRC - -The signing examples in the following sections include the explicitly -designated =signers= parameter in two of the five examples; once where -the resulting signature would be ASCII armoured and once where it -would not be armoured. - -While it would be possible to enter a key ID or fingerprint here to -match a specific key, it is not possible to enter two fingerprints and -match two keys since the patten expects a string, bytes or None and -not a list. A string with two fingerprints won't match any single -key. - - -*** Normal or default signing messages or files - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-signing-normal - :END: - -The normal or default signing process is essentially the same as is -most often invoked when also encrypting a message or file. So when -the encryption component is not utilised, the result is to produce an -encoded and signed output which may or may not be ASCII armoured and -which may or may not also be compressed. - -By default compression will be used unless GnuPG detects that the -plaintext is already compressed. ASCII armouring will be determined -according to the value of =gpg.Context().armor=. - -The compression algorithm is selected in much the same way as the -symmetric encryption algorithm or the hash digest algorithm is when -multiple keys are involved; from the preferences saved into the key -itself or by comparison with the preferences with all other keys -involved. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -text0 = """Declaration of ... something. - -""" -text = text0.encode() - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True, signers=sig_src) -signed_data, result = c.sign(text, mode=gpg.constants.sig.mode.NORMAL) - -with open("/path/to/statement.txt.asc", "w") as afile: - afile.write(signed_data.decode()) -#+END_SRC - -Though everything in this example is accurate, it is more likely that -reading the input data from another file and writing the result to a -new file will be performed more like the way it is done in the next -example. Even if the output format is ASCII armoured. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -with open("/path/to/statement.txt", "rb") as tfile: - text = tfile.read() - -c = gpg.Context() -signed_data, result = c.sign(text, mode=gpg.constants.sig.mode.NORMAL) - -with open("/path/to/statement.txt.sig", "wb") as afile: - afile.write(signed_data) -#+END_SRC - - -*** Detached signing messages and files - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-signing-detached - :END: - -Detached signatures will often be needed in programmatic uses of -GPGME, either for signing files (e.g. tarballs of code releases) or as -a component of message signing (e.g. PGP/MIME encoded email). - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -text0 = """Declaration of ... something. - -""" -text = text0.encode() - -c = gpg.Context(armor=True) -signed_data, result = c.sign(text, mode=gpg.constants.sig.mode.DETACH) - -with open("/path/to/statement.txt.asc", "w") as afile: - afile.write(signed_data.decode()) -#+END_SRC - -As with normal signatures, detached signatures are best handled as -byte literals, even when the output is ASCII armoured. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -with open("/path/to/statement.txt", "rb") as tfile: - text = tfile.read() - -c = gpg.Context(signers=sig_src) -signed_data, result = c.sign(text, mode=gpg.constants.sig.mode.DETACH) - -with open("/path/to/statement.txt.sig", "wb") as afile: - afile.write(signed_data) -#+END_SRC - - -*** Clearsigning messages or text - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-signing-clear - :END: - -Though PGP/in-line messages are no longer encouraged in favour of -PGP/MIME, there is still sometimes value in utilising in-line -signatures. This is where clear-signed messages or text is of value. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -text0 = """Declaration of ... something. - -""" -text = text0.encode() - -c = gpg.Context() -signed_data, result = c.sign(text, mode=gpg.constants.sig.mode.CLEAR) - -with open("/path/to/statement.txt.asc", "w") as afile: - afile.write(signed_data.decode()) -#+END_SRC - -In spite of the appearance of a clear-signed message, the data handled -by GPGME in signing it must still be byte literals. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -with open("/path/to/statement.txt", "rb") as tfile: - text = tfile.read() - -c = gpg.Context() -signed_data, result = c.sign(text, mode=gpg.constants.sig.mode.CLEAR) - -with open("/path/to/statement.txt.asc", "wb") as afile: - afile.write(signed_data) -#+END_SRC - - -** Signature verification - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: howto-basic-verification - :END: - -Essentially there are two principal methods of verification of a -signature. The first of these is for use with the normal or default -signing method and for clear-signed messages. The second is for use -with files and data with detached signatures. - -The following example is intended for use with the default signing -method where the file was not ASCII armoured: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import time - -filename = "statement.txt" -gpg_file = "statement.txt.gpg" - -c = gpg.Context() - -try: - data, result = c.verify(open(gpg_file)) - verified = True -except gpg.errors.BadSignatures as e: - verified = False - print(e) - -if verified is True: - for i in range(len(result.signatures)): - sign = result.signatures[i] - print("""Good signature from: -{0} -with key {1} -made at {2} -""".format(c.get_key(sign.fpr).uids[0].uid, sign.fpr, - time.ctime(sign.timestamp))) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -Whereas this next example, which is almost identical would work with -normal ASCII armoured files and with clear-signed files: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import time - -filename = "statement.txt" -asc_file = "statement.txt.asc" - -c = gpg.Context() - -try: - data, result = c.verify(open(asc_file)) - verified = True -except gpg.errors.BadSignatures as e: - verified = False - print(e) - -if verified is True: - for i in range(len(result.signatures)): - sign = result.signatures[i] - print("""Good signature from: -{0} -with key {1} -made at {2} -""".format(c.get_key(sign.fpr).uids[0].uid, sign.fpr, - time.ctime(sign.timestamp))) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -In both of the previous examples it is also possible to compare the -original data that was signed against the signed data in =data= to see -if it matches with something like this: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -with open(filename, "rb") as afile: - text = afile.read() - -if text == data: - print("Good signature.") -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -The following two examples, however, deal with detached signatures. -With his method of verification the data that was signed does not get -returned since it is already being explicitly referenced in the first -argument of =c.verify=. So =data= is =None= and only the information -in =result= is available. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import time - -filename = "statement.txt" -sig_file = "statement.txt.sig" - -c = gpg.Context() - -try: - data, result = c.verify(open(filename), open(sig_file)) - verified = True -except gpg.errors.BadSignatures as e: - verified = False - print(e) - -if verified is True: - for i in range(len(result.signatures)): - sign = result.signatures[i] - print("""Good signature from: -{0} -with key {1} -made at {2} -""".format(c.get_key(sign.fpr).uids[0].uid, sign.fpr, - time.ctime(sign.timestamp))) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import time - -filename = "statement.txt" -asc_file = "statement.txt.asc" - -c = gpg.Context() - -try: - data, result = c.verify(open(filename), open(asc_file)) - verified = True -except gpg.errors.BadSignatures as e: - verified = False - print(e) - -if verified is True: - for i in range(len(result.signatures)): - sign = result.signatures[i] - print("""Good signature from: -{0} -with key {1} -made at {2} -""".format(c.get_key(sign.fpr).uids[0].uid, sign.fpr, - time.ctime(sign.timestamp))) -else: - pass -#+END_SRC - - -* Creating keys and subkeys - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: key-generation - :END: - -The one thing, aside from GnuPG itself, that GPGME depends on, of -course, is the keys themselves. So it is necessary to be able to -generate them and modify them by adding subkeys, revoking or disabling -them, sometimes deleting them and doing the same for user IDs. - -In the following examples a key will be created for the world's -greatest secret agent, Danger Mouse. Since Danger Mouse is a secret -agent he needs to be able to protect information to =SECRET= level -clearance, so his keys will be 3072-bit keys. - -The pre-configured =gpg.conf= file which sets cipher, digest and other -preferences contains the following configuration parameters: - -#+BEGIN_SRC conf - expert - allow-freeform-uid - allow-secret-key-import - trust-model tofu+pgp - tofu-default-policy unknown - enable-large-rsa - enable-dsa2 - cert-digest-algo SHA512 - default-preference-list TWOFISH CAMELLIA256 AES256 CAMELLIA192 AES192 CAMELLIA128 AES BLOWFISH IDEA CAST5 3DES SHA512 SHA384 SHA256 SHA224 RIPEMD160 SHA1 ZLIB BZIP2 ZIP Uncompressed - personal-cipher-preferences TWOFISH CAMELLIA256 AES256 CAMELLIA192 AES192 CAMELLIA128 AES BLOWFISH IDEA CAST5 3DES - personal-digest-preferences SHA512 SHA384 SHA256 SHA224 RIPEMD160 SHA1 - personal-compress-preferences ZLIB BZIP2 ZIP Uncompressed -#+END_SRC - - -** Primary key - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: keygen-primary - :END: - -Generating a primary key uses the =create_key= method in a Context. -It contains multiple arguments and keyword arguments, including: -=userid=, =algorithm=, =expires_in=, =expires=, =sign=, =encrypt=, -=certify=, =authenticate=, =passphrase= and =force=. The defaults for -all of those except =userid=, =algorithm=, =expires_in=, =expires= and -=passphrase= is =False=. The defaults for =algorithm= and -=passphrase= is =None=. The default for =expires_in= is =0=. The -default for =expires= is =True=. There is no default for =userid=. - -If =passphrase= is left as =None= then the key will not be generated -with a passphrase, if =passphrase= is set to a string then that will -be the passphrase and if =passphrase= is set to =True= then gpg-agent -will launch pinentry to prompt for a passphrase. For the sake of -convenience, these examples will keep =passphrase= set to =None=. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -c = gpg.Context() - -c.home_dir = "~/.gnupg-dm" -userid = "Danger Mouse <[email protected]>" - -dmkey = c.create_key(userid, algorithm="rsa3072", expires_in=31536000, - sign=True, certify=True) -#+END_SRC - -One thing to note here is the use of setting the =c.home_dir= -parameter. This enables generating the key or keys in a different -location. In this case to keep the new key data created for this -example in a separate location rather than adding it to existing and -active key store data. As with the default directory, =~/.gnupg=, any -temporary or separate directory needs the permissions set to only -permit access by the directory owner. On posix systems this means -setting the directory permissions to 700. - -The =temp-homedir-config.py= script in the HOWTO examples directory -will create an alternative homedir with these configuration options -already set and the correct directory and file permissions. - -The successful generation of the key can be confirmed via the returned -=GenkeyResult= object, which includes the following data: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -print(""" - Fingerprint: {0} - Primary Key: {1} - Public Key: {2} - Secret Key: {3} - Sub Key: {4} -User IDs: {5} -""".format(dmkey.fpr, dmkey.primary, dmkey.pubkey, dmkey.seckey, dmkey.sub, - dmkey.uid)) -#+END_SRC - -Alternatively the information can be confirmed using the command line -program: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - bash-4.4$ gpg --homedir ~/.gnupg-dm -K - ~/.gnupg-dm/pubring.kbx - ---------------------- - sec rsa3072 2018-03-15 [SC] [expires: 2019-03-15] - 177B7C25DB99745EE2EE13ED026D2F19E99E63AA - uid [ultimate] Danger Mouse <[email protected]> - - bash-4.4$ -#+END_SRC - -As with generating keys manually, to preconfigure expanded preferences -for the cipher, digest and compression algorithms, the =gpg.conf= file -must contain those details in the home directory in which the new key -is being generated. I used a cut down version of my own =gpg.conf= -file in order to be able to generate this: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - bash-4.4$ gpg --homedir ~/.gnupg-dm --edit-key 177B7C25DB99745EE2EE13ED026D2F19E99E63AA showpref quit - Secret key is available. - - sec rsa3072/026D2F19E99E63AA - created: 2018-03-15 expires: 2019-03-15 usage: SC - trust: ultimate validity: ultimate - [ultimate] (1). Danger Mouse <[email protected]> - - [ultimate] (1). Danger Mouse <[email protected]> - Cipher: TWOFISH, CAMELLIA256, AES256, CAMELLIA192, AES192, CAMELLIA128, AES, BLOWFISH, IDEA, CAST5, 3DES - Digest: SHA512, SHA384, SHA256, SHA224, RIPEMD160, SHA1 - Compression: ZLIB, BZIP2, ZIP, Uncompressed - Features: MDC, Keyserver no-modify - - bash-4.4$ -#+END_SRC - - -** Subkeys - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: keygen-subkeys - :END: - -Adding subkeys to a primary key is fairly similar to creating the -primary key with the =create_subkey= method. Most of the arguments -are the same, but not quite all. Instead of the =userid= argument -there is now a =key= argument for selecting which primary key to add -the subkey to. - -In the following example an encryption subkey will be added to the -primary key. Since Danger Mouse is a security conscious secret agent, -this subkey will only be valid for about six months, half the length -of the primary key. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -c = gpg.Context() -c.home_dir = "~/.gnupg-dm" - -key = c.get_key(dmkey.fpr, secret=True) -dmsub = c.create_subkey(key, algorithm="rsa3072", expires_in=15768000, - encrypt=True) -#+END_SRC - -As with the primary key, the results here can be checked with: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -print(""" - Fingerprint: {0} - Primary Key: {1} - Public Key: {2} - Secret Key: {3} - Sub Key: {4} -User IDs: {5} -""".format(dmsub.fpr, dmsub.primary, dmsub.pubkey, dmsub.seckey, dmsub.sub, - dmsub.uid)) -#+END_SRC - -As well as on the command line with: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - bash-4.4$ gpg --homedir ~/.gnupg-dm -K - ~/.gnupg-dm/pubring.kbx - ---------------------- - sec rsa3072 2018-03-15 [SC] [expires: 2019-03-15] - 177B7C25DB99745EE2EE13ED026D2F19E99E63AA - uid [ultimate] Danger Mouse <[email protected]> - ssb rsa3072 2018-03-15 [E] [expires: 2018-09-13] - - bash-4.4$ -#+END_SRC - - -** User IDs - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: keygen-uids - :END: - - -*** Adding User IDs - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: keygen-uids-add - :END: - -By comparison to creating primary keys and subkeys, adding a new user -ID to an existing key is much simpler. The method used to do this is -=key_add_uid= and the only arguments it takes are for the =key= and -the new =uid=. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -c = gpg.Context() -c.home_dir = "~/.gnupg-dm" - -dmfpr = "177B7C25DB99745EE2EE13ED026D2F19E99E63AA" -key = c.get_key(dmfpr, secret=True) -uid = "Danger Mouse <[email protected]>" - -c.key_add_uid(key, uid) -#+END_SRC - -Unsurprisingly the result of this is: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - bash-4.4$ gpg --homedir ~/.gnupg-dm -K - ~/.gnupg-dm/pubring.kbx - ---------------------- - sec rsa3072 2018-03-15 [SC] [expires: 2019-03-15] - 177B7C25DB99745EE2EE13ED026D2F19E99E63AA - uid [ultimate] Danger Mouse <[email protected]> - uid [ultimate] Danger Mouse <[email protected]> - ssb rsa3072 2018-03-15 [E] [expires: 2018-09-13] - - bash-4.4$ -#+END_SRC - - -*** Revoking User IDs - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: keygen-uids-revoke - :END: - -Revoking a user ID is a fairly similar process, except that it uses -the =key_revoke_uid= method. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -c = gpg.Context() -c.home_dir = "~/.gnupg-dm" - -dmfpr = "177B7C25DB99745EE2EE13ED026D2F19E99E63AA" -key = c.get_key(dmfpr, secret=True) -uid = "Danger Mouse <[email protected]>" - -c.key_revoke_uid(key, uid) -#+END_SRC - - -** Key certification - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: key-sign - :END: - -Since key certification is more frequently referred to as key signing, -the method used to perform this function is =key_sign=. - -The =key_sign= method takes four arguments: =key=, =uids=, -=expires_in= and =local=. The default value of =uids= is =None= and -which results in all user IDs being selected. The default value of -both =expires_in= and =local= is =False=; which results in the -signature never expiring and being able to be exported. - -The =key= is the key being signed rather than the key doing the -signing. To change the key doing the signing refer to the signing key -selection above for signing messages and files. - -If the =uids= value is not =None= then it must either be a string to -match a single user ID or a list of strings to match multiple user -IDs. In this case the matching of those strings must be precise and -it is case sensitive. - -To sign Danger Mouse's key for just the initial user ID with a -signature which will last a little over a month, do this: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -c = gpg.Context() -uid = "Danger Mouse <[email protected]>" - -dmfpr = "177B7C25DB99745EE2EE13ED026D2F19E99E63AA" -key = c.get_key(dmfpr, secret=True) -c.key_sign(key, uids=uid, expires_in=2764800) -#+END_SRC - - -*** Verifying key certifications - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: key-sign-verify - :END: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import time - -c = gpg.Context() -dmfpr = "177B7C25DB99745EE2EE13ED026D2F19E99E63AA" -keys = list(c.keylist(pattern=dmuid, mode=gpg.constants.keylist.mode.SIGS)) -key = keys[0] - -for user in key.uids: - for sig in user.signatures: - print("0x{0}".format(sig.keyid), "", time.ctime(sig.timestamp), "", - sig.uid) -#+END_SRC - -Which for Danger Mouse displays the following: - -#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE - 0x92E3F6115435C65A Thu Mar 15 13:17:44 2018 Danger Mouse <[email protected]> - 0x321E4E2373590E5D Mon Nov 26 12:46:05 2018 Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> -#+END_EXAMPLE - -The two key signatures listed are for the self-certification of Danger -Mouse's key made when the key was created in March, 2018; and the -second is a signature made by the author and set to expire at the end -of the year. Note that the second signature was made with the -following code (including the preceding code to display the output of -the certifications or key signatures): - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import math -import pendulum -import time - -hd = "/home/dm/.gnupg" -c = gpg.Context() -d = gpg.Context(home_dir=hd) -dmfpr = "177B7C25DB99745EE2EE13ED026D2F19E99E63AA" -dmuid = "Danger Mouse <[email protected]>" -dkeys = list(c.keylist(pattern=dmuid)) -dmkey = dkeys[0] - -c.key_import(d.key_export(pattern=None)) - -tp = pendulum.period(pendulum.now(tz="local"), pendulum.datetime(2019, 1, 1)) -ts = tp.total_seconds() -total_secs = math.ceil(ts) -c.key_sign(dmkey, uids=dmuid, expires_in=total_secs) - -d.key_import(c.key_export(pattern=dmuid)) -keys = list(c.keylist(pattern=dmuid, mode=gpg.constants.keylist.mode.SIGS)) -key = keys[0] - -for user in key.uids: - for sig in user.signatures: - print("0x{0}".format(sig.keyid), "", time.ctime(sig.timestamp), "", - sig.uid) -#+END_SRC - -Note that this final code block includes the use of a module which is -/not/ part of Python's standard library, the [[https://pendulum.eustace.io/][pendulum module]]. Unlike -the standard datetime module, pendulum makes working with dates and -times significantly easier in Python; just as the requests module -makes working with HTTP and HTTPS easier than the builtin modules do. - -Though neither requests nor pendulum are required modules for using -the GPGME Python bindings, they are both highly recommended more -generally. - - -* Advanced or Experimental Use Cases - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: advanced-use - :END: - - -** C plus Python plus SWIG plus Cython - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: cython - :END: - -In spite of the apparent incongruence of using Python bindings to a C -interface only to generate more C from the Python; it is in fact quite -possible to use the GPGME bindings with [[http://docs.cython.org/en/latest/index.html][Cython]]. Though in many cases -the benefits may not be obvious since the most computationally -intensive work never leaves the level of the C code with which GPGME -itself is interacting with. - -Nevertheless, there are some situations where the benefits are -demonstrable. One of the better and easier examples being the one of -the early examples in this HOWTO, the [[#howto-keys-counting][key counting]] code. Running that -example as an executable Python script, =keycount.py= (available in -the =examples/howto/= directory), will take a noticeable amount of time -to run on most systems where the public keybox or keyring contains a -few thousand public keys. - -Earlier in the evening, prior to starting this section, I ran that -script on my laptop; as I tend to do periodically and timed it using -=time= utility, with the following results: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - bash-4.4$ time keycount.py - - Number of secret keys: 23 - Number of public keys: 12112 - - - real 11m52.945s - user 0m0.913s - sys 0m0.752s - - bash-4.4$ -#+END_SRC - -Sometime after that I imported another key and followed it with a -little test of Cython. This test was kept fairly basic, essentially -lifting the material from the [[http://docs.cython.org/en/latest/src/tutorial/cython_tutorial.html][Cython Basic Tutorial]] to demonstrate -compiling Python code to C. The first step was to take the example -key counting code quoted previously, essentially from the importing of -the =gpg= module to the end of the script: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -c = gpg.Context() -seckeys = c.keylist(pattern=None, secret=True) -pubkeys = c.keylist(pattern=None, secret=False) - -seclist = list(seckeys) -secnum = len(seclist) - -publist = list(pubkeys) -pubnum = len(publist) - -print(""" - Number of secret keys: {0} - Number of public keys: {1} - -""".format(secnum, pubnum)) -#+END_SRC - -Save that into a file called =keycount.pyx= and then create a -=setup.py= file which contains this: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -from setuptools import setup -from Cython.Build import cythonize - -setup( - ext_modules = cythonize("keycount.pyx") -) -#+END_SRC - -Compile it: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - bash-4.4$ python setup.py build_ext --inplace - bash-4.4$ -#+END_SRC - -Then run it in a similar manner to =keycount.py=: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - bash-4.4$ time python3.7 -c "import keycount" - - Number of secret keys: 23 - Number of public keys: 12113 - - - real 6m47.905s - user 0m0.785s - sys 0m0.331s - - bash-4.4$ -#+END_SRC - -Cython turned =keycount.pyx= into an 81KB =keycount.o= file in the -=build/= directory, a 24KB =keycount.cpython-37m-darwin.so= file to be -imported into Python 3.7 and a 113KB =keycount.c= generated C source -code file of nearly three thousand lines. Quite a bit bigger than the -314 bytes of the =keycount.pyx= file or the full 1,452 bytes of the -full executable =keycount.py= example script. - -On the other hand it ran in nearly half the time; taking 6 minutes and -47.905 seconds to run. As opposed to the 11 minutes and 52.945 seconds -which the CPython script alone took. - -The =keycount.pyx= and =setup.py= files used to generate this example -have been added to the =examples/howto/advanced/cython/= directory -The example versions include some additional options to annotate the -existing code and to detect Cython's use. The latter comes from the -[[http://docs.cython.org/en/latest/src/tutorial/pure.html#magic-attributes-within-the-pxd][Magic Attributes]] section of the Cython documentation. - - -* Miscellaneous extras and work-arounds - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: cheats-and-hacks - :END: - -Most of the things in the following sections are here simply because -there was no better place to put them, even though some are only -peripherally related to the GPGME Python bindings. Some are also -workarounds for functions not integrated with GPGME as yet. This is -especially true of the first of these, dealing with [[#group-lines][group lines]]. - - -** Group lines - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: group-lines - :END: - -There is not yet an easy way to access groups configured in the -gpg.conf file from within GPGME. As a consequence these central -groupings of keys cannot be shared amongst multiple programs, such as -MUAs readily. - -The following code, however, provides a work-around for obtaining this -information in Python. - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import subprocess -import sys - -if sys.platform == "win32": - gpgconfcmd = "gpgconf.exe --list-options gpg" -else: - gpgconfcmd = "gpgconf --list-options gpg" - -process = subprocess.Popen(gpgconfcmd.split(), stdout=subprocess.PIPE) -procom = process.communicate() - -if sys.version_info[0] == 2: - lines = procom[0].splitlines() -else: - lines = procom[0].decode().splitlines() - -for line in lines: - if line.startswith("group") is True: - break - -groups = line.split(":")[-1].replace('"', '').split(',') - -group_lines = [] -group_lists = [] - -for group in groups: - group_lines.append(group.split("=")) - group_lists.append(group.split("=")) - -for glist in group_lists: - glist[1] = glist[1].split() -#+END_SRC - -The result of that code is that =group_lines= is a list of lists where -=group_lines[i][0]= is the name of the group and =group_lines[i][1]= -is the key IDs of the group as a string. - -The =group_lists= result is very similar in that it is a list of -lists. The first part, =group_lists[i][0]= matches -=group_lines[i][0]= as the name of the group, but =group_lists[i][1]= -is the key IDs of the group as a list. - -A demonstration of using the =groups.py= module is also available in -the form of the executable =mutt-groups.py= script. This second -script reads all the group entries in a user's =gpg.conf= file and -converts them into crypt-hooks suitable for use with the Mutt and -Neomutt mail clients. - - -** Keyserver access for Python - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: hkp4py - :END: - -The [[https://github.com/Selfnet/hkp4py][hkp4py]] module by Marcel Fest was originally a port of the old -[[https://github.com/dgladkov/python-hkp][python-hkp]] module from Python 2 to Python 3 and updated to use the -[[http://docs.python-requests.org/en/latest/index.html][requests]] module instead. It has since been modified to provide -support for Python 2.7 as well and is available via PyPI. - -Since it rewrites the =hkp= protocol prefix as =http= and =hkps= as -=https=, the module is able to be used even with servers which do not -support the full scope of keyserver functions.[fn:5] It also works quite -readily when incorporated into a [[#cython][Cython]] generated and compiled version -of any code. - - -*** Key import format - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: hkp4py-strings - :END: - -The hkp4py module returns key data via requests as string literals -(=r.text=) instead of byte literals (=r.content=). This means that -the retrurned key data must be encoded to UTF-8 when importing that -key material using a =gpg.Context().key_import()= method. - -For this reason an alternative method has been added to the =search= -function of =hkp4py.KeyServer()= which returns the key in the correct -format as expected by =key_import=. When importing using this module, -it is now possible to import with this: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -for key in keys: - if key.revoked is False: - gpg.Context().key_import(key.key_blob) - else: - pass -#+END_SRC - -Without that recent addition it would have been necessary to encode -the contents of each =hkp4py.KeyServer().search()[i].key= in -=hkp4py.KeyServer().search()= before trying to import it. - -An example of this is included in the [[#howto-import-key][Importing Keys]] section of this -HOWTO and the corresponding executable version of that example is -available in the =lang/python/examples/howto= directory as normal; the -executable version is the =import-keys-hkp.py= file. - - -** GPGME version checking - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: gpgme-version-check - :END: - -For various reasons it may be necessary to check which version of -GPGME the bindings have been built against; including whether a -minimum required version of GPGME is in use. - -For the most part the =gpg.version.versionstr= and -=gpg.version.versionlist= methods have been quite sufficient. The -former returns the same string as =pkg-config gpgme --modversion=, while the -latter returns the major, minor and patch values in a list. - -To check if the installed bindings have actually been built against -the current installed libgpgme version, this check can be performed: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg -import subprocess -import sys - -gpgme_version_call = subprocess.Popen(["pkg-config", "gpgme", "--modversion"], - stdout=subprocess.PIPE, - stderr=subprocess.PIPE) -gpgme_version_str = gpgme_version_call.communicate() - -if sys.version_info[0] == 2: - gpgme_version = gpgme_version_str[0].strip() -elif sys.version_info[0] >= 3: - gpgme_version = gpgme_version_str[0].decode().strip() -else: - gpgme_version = None - -if gpgme_version is not None: - if gpgme_version == gpg.version.versionstr: - print("The GPGME Python bindings match libgpgme.") - else: - print("The GPGME Python bindings do NOT match libgpgme.") -else: - print("Upgrade Python and reinstall the GPGME Python bindings.") -#+END_SRC - -For many developers, however, the preferred checking means checking -for a minimum version or point release. This is now readily available -via the =gpg.version.versionintlist= method (added in version -=1.12.1-beta79=). It is also now possible to easily check whether the -installed GPGME Python bindings were built from a development or beta -branch of the GPGME source code. - -The following code demonstrates how both of those methods may be used: - -#+BEGIN_SRC python -i -import gpg - -try: - if gpg.version.is_beta is True: - print("The installed GPGME Python bindings were built from beta code.") - else: - print("The installed GPGME Python bindings are a released version.") -except Exception as e: - print(e) - -try: - if gpg.version.versionintlist[0] == 1: - if gpg.version.versionintlist[1] == 12: - if gpg.version.versionintlist[2] == 1: - print("This is the minimum version for using versionintlist.") - elif gpg.version.versionintlist[2] > 1: - print("The versionintlist method is available.") - else: - pass - elif gpg.version.versionintlist[1] > 12: - print("The versionintlist method is available.") - else: - pass - elif gpg.version.versionintlist[0] > 1: - print("The versionintlist method is available.") - else: - pass -except Exception as e: - print(e) -#+END_SRC - -The points where =pass= is used in the above example will most likely -also produce an =Exception= error since those results should only -occur in versions which do not have the =gpgme.version.is_beta= and -=gpgme.version.versionintlist= methods available. - - -* Copyright and Licensing - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: copyright-and-license - :END: - - -** Copyright - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: copyright - :END: - -Copyright © The GnuPG Project, 2018. - - -** Draft Editions of this HOWTO - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: draft-editions - :END: - -Draft editions of this HOWTO may be periodically available directly -from the author at any of the following URLs: - -- [[https://files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python-howto.html][GPGME Python Bindings HOWTO draft (HTML single file, AWS S3 SSL)]] -- [[http://files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python-howto.html][GPGME Python Bindings HOWTO draft (HTML single file, AWS S3 no SSL)]] -- [[https://files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python-howto-split/index.html][GPGME Python Bindings HOWTO draft (HTML multiple files, AWS S3 SSL)]] -- [[http://files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python-howto/index.html][GPGME Python Bindings HOWTO draft (HTML multiple files, AWS S3 no SSL)]] - -These draft versions have been generated from this document via GNU -Emacs [[https://orgmode.org/][Org mode]] to =.texi= and [[https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/][GNU Texinfo]] to HTML. Though it is -likely that the specific [[https://files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python-howto][file]] [[http://files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python-howto.org][version]] used will be on the same server -with the generated output formats. Occasionally I may include the Org -mode generated XHTML versions: - -- [[https://files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python-howto.xhtml][GPGME Python Bindings HOWTO draft (HTML single file, AWS S3 SSL)]] -- [[http://files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python-howto.xhtml][GPGME Python Bindings HOWTO draft (HTML single file, AWS S3 no SSL)]] - -That XHTML version, however, is exported in a way which inherits a -colour scheme from [[https://github.com/holomorph/emacs-zenburn][the author's Emacs theme]] (which is a higher contrast -version of [[http://kippura.org/zenburnpage/][Zenburn]] ported by [[https://github.com/holomorph][Holomorph]]). So it's fine for people who -prefer dark themed web pages, but not so great for everyone else. - -The GNU Texinfo and reStructured Text versions ship with the software, -while the GNU Emacs Info version is generated from the Texinfo -version using GNU Texinfo or GNU Makeinfo. The Texinfo format is -generated from the original Org mode source file in Org mode itself -either within GNU Emacs or via the command line by invoking Emacs in -batch mode: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - emacs gpgme-python-howto.org --batch -f org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo --kill - emacs gpgme-python-howto --batch -f org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo --kill -#+END_SRC - -The reStructuredText format is also generated from the Org mode source -file, except it is generated using [[https://pandoc.org][Pandoc]] with either of the following -commands (depending on the filename): - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - pandoc -f org -t rst+smart -o gpgme-python-howto.rst gpgme-python-howto.org - pandoc -f org -t rst+smart -o gpgme-python-howto.rst gpgme-python-howto -#+END_SRC - -Note that the Org mode source files are identified as such via a mode -line at the top of each file and have had their =.org= file extensions -dropped in order to make scripted generation of output formats easier -and not require renaming files post-conversion. - -Due to a bug in Org mode's texinfo conversion method, the recommended -steps for generating the Texinfo files for all the files in the -=lang/python/doc/src/= directory are as follows: - -#+BEGIN_SRC shell - for x in * ; do - emacs $x --batch -f org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo --kill - cat $x.texi | sed -e 's/@documentencoding UTF-8/@documentencoding utf-8/g' > ../texinfo/$x.texi - pandoc -f org -t rst+smart -o ../rst/$x.rst $x - done ; - rm -fv *.texi - cd ../texinfo - mkdir info - mkdir html - for x in *.texi ; do - makeinfo -v $x - makeinfo --html --no-split $x - done ; - mv *.info info/ - mv *.html html/ -#+END_SRC - -This code snippet includes the generation of the reStructuredText -files and would be expected to be run from the =doc/src/= directory -containing the Org mode source files. It also assumes that the -commands are being run on POSIX compliant systems with basic tools -like sed, the Bourne shell and GNU Emacs[fn:6] available. The code -snippet also includes the steps for generating the Emacs Info files -and HTML files from the Texinfo files. Using reStructuredText files -with Sphinx is best left for the documentation of that project. - -In addition to these there is a significantly less frequently updated -version as a HTML [[https://files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python/dita/webhelp/index.html][WebHelp site]] (AWS S3 SSL); generated from DITA XML -source files, which can be found in [[https://dev.gnupg.org/source/gpgme/browse/ben%252Fhowto-dita/][an alternative branch]] of the GPGME -git repository. - -Various generated output formats may occasionally be found in -subdirectories of the [[https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python][gpgme-python]] directory. In particular within -the [[https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python/dita][DITA]], [[https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python/rst][reStructuredText]] and [[https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.au.adversary.org/crypto/gpgme-python/texinfo][Texinfo]] subdirectories. The =rst= -directory contains output files generated with Sphinx and may include a -considerable number of its possible output formats, but there are no -guarantees as to how recent these are or even if they are present. - -These draft editions are not official documents and the version of -documentation in the master branch or which ships with released -versions is the only official documentation. Nevertheless, these -draft editions may occasionally be of use by providing more accessible -web versions which are updated between releases. They are provided on -the understanding that they may contain errors or may contain content -subject to change prior to an official release. - - -** License GPL compatible - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: license - :END: - -This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives -unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the -implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE. - - -* Footnotes - -[fn:1] =short-history= and/or =short-history.html=. - -[fn:2] With no issues reported specific to Python 3.7, the release of -Python 3.7.1 at around the same time as GPGME 1.12.0 and the testing -with Python 3.7.1rc1, there is no reason to delay moving 3.7 ahead of -3.6 now. Production environments with more conservative requirements -will always enforce their own policies anyway and installation to each -supported minor release is quite possible too. - -[fn:3] Yes, even if you use virtualenv with everything you do in -Python. If you want to install this module as just your user account -then you will need to manually configure, compile and install the -/entire/ GnuPG stack as that user as well. This includes libraries -which are not often installed that way. It can be done and there are -circumstances under which it is worthwhile, but generally only on -POSIX systems which utilise single user mode (some even require it). - -[fn:4] You probably don't really want to do this. Searching the -keyservers for "gnupg.org" produces over 400 results, the majority of -which aren't actually at the gnupg.org domain, but just included a -comment regarding the project in their key somewhere. - -[fn:5] Such as with ProtonMail servers. This also means that -restricted servers which only advertise either HTTP or HTTPS end -points and not HKP or HKPS end points must still be identified as as -HKP or HKPS within the Python Code. The =hkp4py= module will rewrite -these appropriately when the connection is made to the server. - -[fn:6] Okay, Emacs might not necessarily qualify as a basic tool, but -it is common enough that having it installed on a system isn't too -great an expectation, nor is it difficult to add to most POSIX -systems, even if the users of those systems do not personally use it. diff --git a/lang/python/doc/src/index.org b/lang/python/doc/src/index.org deleted file mode 100644 index ec13c9a1..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/src/index.org +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -# -*- mode: org -*- -#+TITLE: GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG) Made Easy Python Bindings -#+AUTHOR: Ben McGinnes -#+LATEX_COMPILER: xelatex -#+LATEX_CLASS: article -#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [12pt] -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage{xltxtra} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \setmainfont[Ligatures={Common}]{Times New Roman} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \author{Ben McGinnes <[email protected]>} - - -* GPGME Python Bindings - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: top - :END: - - -** Contents - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: contents - :END: - - -- [[file:short-history][A short history of the project]] -- [[file:what-is-new][What's New]] - - [[file:maintenance-mode][Maintenance Mode]] (from January, 2019) -- [[file:what-was-new][What Was New]] -- [[file:gpgme-python-howto][GPGME Python Bindings HOWTO]] diff --git a/lang/python/doc/src/maintenance-mode.org b/lang/python/doc/src/maintenance-mode.org deleted file mode 100644 index 4b4e0fca..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/src/maintenance-mode.org +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -# -*- mode: org -*- -#+TITLE: Maintenance Mode -#+AUTHOR: Ben McGinnes -#+LATEX_COMPILER: xelatex -#+LATEX_CLASS: article -#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [12pt] -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage{xltxtra} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \setmainfont[Ligatures={Common}]{Times New Roman} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \author{Ben McGinnes <[email protected]>} - - -* Maintenance Mode from 2019 - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: maintenance-mode - :END: - -| Version: | 0.0.1 | -| GPGME Version: | 1.13.0 | -| Author: | Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> | -| Author GPG Key: | DB4724E6FA4286C92B4E55C4321E4E2373590E5D | -| Language: | Australian English, British English | -| xml:lang: | en-AU, en-GB, en | - -From the beginning of 2019 the Python bindings to GPGME will enter -maintenance mode, meaning that new features will not be added and only -bug fixes and security fixes will be made. This also means that -documentation beyond that existing at the end of 2018 will not be -developed further except to correct errors. - -Though use of these bindings appears to have been quite well received, -there has been no indication of what demand there is, if any for -either financial backing of the current Python bindings development or -support contracts with g10code GmbH citing the necessity of including -the bindings. - - -** Maintainer from 2019 onward - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: maintenance-mode-bm - :END: - -How does this affect the position of GnuPG Python Bindings Maintainer? - -Well, I will remain as maintainer of the bindings; but without funding -for that position, the amount of time I will be able to dedicate -solely to this task will be limited and reduced to volunteered time. -As with all volunteered time and effort in free software projects, -this will be subject to numerous external imperatives. - - -** Using the Python Bindings from 2019 and beyond - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: maintenance-mode-blade-runner - :END: - -For most, if not all, Python developers using these bindings; they -will continue to “just work” the same as they always have. Expansions -of GPGME itself are usually handled by SWIG with the existing code and -thus bindings are generated properly when the bindings are installed -alongside GPGME and when the latter is built from source. - -In the rare circumstances where that is not enough to address some new -addition to GPGME, then that is a bug and thus subject to the -maintenance mode provisions (i.e. it will be fixed following a bug -report being raised and your humble author will need to remember where -the timesheet template was filed, depending on how many years off such -an event is). - -All the GPGME functionality will continue to be accessible via the -lower level, dynamically generated methods which match the GPGME C -documentation. While the more intuitively Pythonic higher level layer -already covers the vast majority of functionality people require with -key generation, signatures, certifications (key signing), encryption, -decryption, verification, validation, trust levels and so on. - -Any wanted features lacking in the Python bindings are usually lacking -because they are missing from GPGME itself (e.g. revoking keys via the -API) and in such cases they are usually deliberately excluded. More -discussion of these issues can be found in the archives of the -[[https://lists.gnupg.org/mailman/listinfo/gnupg-devel][gnupg-devel mailing list]]. - -Any features existing in the dynamically generated layer for which -people want a specific, higher level function included to make it more -Pythonic (e.g. to avoid needing to learn or memorise cryptographic -mode values or GnuPG status code numbers), would be a feature request -and /not/ a bug. - -It is still worthwhile requesting it, but the addition of such a -feature would not be guaranteed and provided on a purely volunteer -basis. Expediting such a request would require funding that request. - -Those with a commercial interest in expediting such a feature request -already know how to [[https://gnupg.org/cgi-bin/procdonate.cgi?mode=preset][expedite it]] (use the message field to state what -feature is being requested). - - -** Documentation formats - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: docs - :END: - -The documentation has been written in Org mode for GNU Emacs, with -both Texinfo and reStructuredText formats generated from that. The -Texinfo files are intended for use with the rest of the GnuPG -documentation; while the reStructuredText files are intended for use -with Docutils and Sphinx, as with other Python projects. - - -*** Cautionary Notes regarding Sphinx and EPUB - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: sphinx-made-epubs-suck - :END: - -Though Python's Docutils in conjunction with Sphinx is capable of -generating some very useful HTML sites, as proven by [[https://readthedocs.org/][Read the Docs]] and -the [[https://docs.python.org/][Python documentation]], there are a number of output formats it does -not handle well. At the top of the list of things it manages to break -so atrociously as to be embarassing is the [[http://idpf.org/epub][EPUB 3]] format. - -The automatically generated EPUB of the CPython documentation always -contains hundreds of validation errors and even the modest amount of -documentation here [[https://files.au.adversary.org.s3.amazonaws.com/crypto/gpgme-python/rst/epub/GPGMEPythonBindings.epub][produced a file]] with approximately thirty -validation errors. As the volume of documentation content increases, -so does the induced errors. Whereas Texinfo doesn't produce EPUB -output at all, nor does Org-mode. - -Should there ever be genuine demand for this format, lodge a [[https://dev.gnupg.org/maniphest/task/edit/form/4/][feature -request]] case marked for [[https://dev.gnupg.org/p/BenM/][my]] attention. The means of generating such -files flawlessly is already available, but is not yet part of the -GnuPG build system. Nor is it integrated with a means of converting -Org mode input files to the relevant base format automatically, as can -already be done when converting Org to reStructuredText or Org to -Texinfo. As a certain amount of work would be required to get it -done, there would need to be clear demand for that work to be done. diff --git a/lang/python/doc/src/short-history.org b/lang/python/doc/src/short-history.org deleted file mode 100644 index bc874aa2..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/src/short-history.org +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -# -*- mode: org -*- -#+TITLE: A Short History of the GPGME bindings for Python -#+LATEX_COMPILER: xelatex -#+LATEX_CLASS: article -#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [12pt] -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage{xltxtra} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \setmainfont[Ligatures={Common}]{Times New Roman} - -* Overview - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: overview - :END: - -| Version: | 0.0.1 | -| GPGME Version: | 1.13.0 | -| Author: | Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> | -| Author GPG Key: | DB4724E6FA4286C92B4E55C4321E4E2373590E5D | -| Language: | Australian English, British English | -| xml:lang: | en-AU, en-GB, en | - -The GPGME Python bindings passed through many hands and numerous -phases before, after a fifteen year journey, coming full circle to -return to the source. This is a short explanation of that journey. - -** In the beginning - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: in-the-begining - :END: - - In 2002 John Goerzen released PyME; Python bindings for the GPGME - module which utilised the current release of Python of the time and - SWIG.[fn:1] Shortly after creating it and ensuring it worked he stopped - supporting it, though he left his work available on his Gopher - site. - - -** Keeping the flame alive - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: keeping-the-flame-alive - :END: - - A couple of years later the project was picked up by Igor Belyi and - actively developed and maintained by him from 2004 to 2008. Igor's - whereabouts at the time of this document's creation are unknown, - but the current authors do hope he is well. We're assuming (or - hoping) that life did what life does and made continuing untenable. - - -** Passing the torch - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: passing-the-torch - :END: - - In 2014 Martin Albrecht wanted to patch a bug in the PyME code and - discovered the absence of Igor. Following a discussion on the PyME - mailing list he became the new maintainer for PyME, releasing - version 0.9.0 in May of that year. He remains the maintainer of - the original PyME release in Python 2.6 and 2.7 (available via - PyPI). - - -** Coming full circle - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: ouroboros - :END: - - In 2015 Ben McGinnes approached Martin about a Python 3 version, - while investigating how complex a task this would be the task ended - up being completed. A subsequent discussion with Werner Koch led - to the decision to fold the Python 3 port back into the original - GPGME release in the languages subdirectory for non-C bindings - under the module name of =pyme3=. - - In 2016 this PyME module was integrated back into the GPGME project - by Justus Winter. During the course of this work Justus adjusted - the port to restore limited support for Python 2, but not as many - minor point releases as the original PyME package supports. During - the course of this integration the package was renamed to more - accurately reflect its status as a component of GPGME. The =pyme3= - module was renamed to =gpg= and adopted by the upstream GnuPG team. - - In 2017 Justus departed G10code and the GnuPG team. Following this - Ben returned to maintain of gpgme Python bindings and continue - building them from that point. - - -* Relics of the past - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: relics-past - :END: - -There are a few things, in addition to code specific factors, such as -SWIG itself, which are worth noting here. - -** The Annoyances of Git - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: the-annoyances-of-git - :END: - - As anyone who has ever worked with git knows, submodules are - horrible way to deal with pretty much anything. In the interests - of avoiding migraines, that was skipped with addition of the PyME - code to GPGME. - - Instead the files were added to a subdirectory of the =lang/= - directory, along with a copy of the entire git log up to that point - as a separate file within the =lang/python/docs/= directory.[fn:2] - As the log for PyME is nearly 100KB and the log for GPGME is - approximately 1MB, this would cause considerable bloat, as well as - some confusion, should the two be merged. - - Hence the unfortunate, but necessary, step to simply move the - files. A regular repository version has been maintained should it - be possible to implement this better in the future. - - -** The Perils of PyPI - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: the-perils-of-pypi - :END: - - The early port of the Python 2 =pyme= module as =pyme3= was never - added to PyPI while the focus remained on development and testing - during 2015 and early 2016. Later in 2016, however, when Justus - completed his major integration work and subsequently renamed the - module from =pyme3= to =gpg=, some prior releases were also - provided through PyPI. - - Since these bindings require a matching release of the GPGME - libraries in order to function, it was determined that there was - little benefit in also providing a copy through PyPI since anyone - obtaining the GPGME source code would obtain the Python bindings - source code at the same time. Whereas there was the potential to - sew confusion amongst Python users installing the module from PyPI, - only to discover that without the relevant C files, header files or - SWIG compiled binaries, the Python module did them little good. - - There are only two files on PyPI which might turn up in a search - for this module or a sample of its content: - - 1. gpg (1.8.0) - Python bindings for GPGME GnuPG cryptography library - 2. pyme (0.9.0) - Python support for GPGME GnuPG cryptography library - -*** GPG 1·8·0 - Python bindings for GPGME GnuPG cryptography library - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: pypi-gpgme-180 - :END: - - This is the most recent version to reach PyPI and is the version - of the official Pyhon bindings which shipped with GPGME 1.8.0. If - you have GPGME 1.8.0 installed and /only/ 1.8.0 installed, then it - is probably safe to use this copy from PyPI. - - As there have been a lot of changes since the release of GPGME - 1.8.0, the GnuPG Project recommends not using this version of the - module and instead installing the current version of GPGME along - with the Python bindings included with that package. - - -*** PyME 0·9·0 - Python support for GPGME GnuPG cryptography library - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: pypi-gpgme-90 - :END: - - This is the last release of the PyME bindings maintained by Martin - Albrecht and is only compatible with Python 2, it will not work - with Python 3. This is the version of the software from which the - port from Python 2 to Python 3 code was made in 2015. - - Users of the more recent Python bindings will recognise numerous - points of similarity, but also significant differences. It is - likely that the more recent official bindings will feel "more - pythonic." - - For those using Python 2, there is essentially no harm in using - this module, but it may lack a number of more recent features - added to GPGME. - - -* Footnotes - -[fn:1] In all likelihood this would have been Python 2.2 or possibly -Python 2.3. - -[fn:2] The entire PyME git log and other preceding VCS logs are -located in the =gpgme/lang/python/docs/old-commits.log= file. diff --git a/lang/python/doc/src/what-is-new.org b/lang/python/doc/src/what-is-new.org deleted file mode 100644 index 2a993f2b..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/src/what-is-new.org +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -# -*- mode: org -*- -#+TITLE: What's New in the GPGME Python Bindings and Documentation -#+AUTHOR: Ben McGinnes -#+LATEX_COMPILER: xelatex -#+LATEX_CLASS: article -#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [12pt] -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage{xltxtra} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \setmainfont[Ligatures={Common}]{Times New Roman} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \author{Ben McGinnes <[email protected]>} - - -* What's New - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: new-stuff - :END: - -| Version: | 0.0.1 | -| GPGME Version: | 1.13.0 | -| Author: | Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> | -| Author GPG Key: | DB4724E6FA4286C92B4E55C4321E4E2373590E5D | -| Language: | Australian English, British English | -| xml:lang: | en-AU, en-GB, en | - -Last time the most obviously new thing was adding the /What's New/ -section to the HOWTO. Now it's moving it out of the HOWTO. - - -** New in GPGME 1·13·0 - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: new-stuff-1-13-0 - :END: - -Additions since GPGME 1.12.0 include: - -- Moving the /What's New/ section out of the basic [[file:gpgme-python-howto.org][HOWTO]] document and - into its own file so as to more readily include other documents - beyond that HOWTO. -- Moving the preceding, archival, segments into [[file:what-was-new.org][another file]]. -- Added =gpg.version.versionintlist= to make it easier for Python - developers to check for a specific version number, even with beta - versions (it will drop the "-betaN" part). -- Added expanded detail on issues pertaining to installing for Windows - users. -- Bindings enter [[file:maintenance-mode][maintenance mode]] from January, 2019. -- Added documentation on maintenance mode and what changes can be made - to the code when in that status. Essentially that boils down to bug - fixes only and no feature requests. -- The import-keys-hkp.py example script, which uses the =hkp4py= - module to search the SKS servers for a key, has been tightened up to - search for both hexadecimal key IDs and user ID strings with reduced - chance of unnecessary repitition. There may still be some - repetition if a key includes a user ID matching the hexadecimal - value of a key ID. diff --git a/lang/python/doc/src/what-was-new.org b/lang/python/doc/src/what-was-new.org deleted file mode 100644 index 8440373e..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/src/what-was-new.org +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -# -*- mode: org -*- -#+TITLE: What Was New in the GPGME Python Bindings and Documentation -#+AUTHOR: Ben McGinnes -#+LATEX_COMPILER: xelatex -#+LATEX_CLASS: article -#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [12pt] -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage{xltxtra} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \setmainfont[Ligatures={Common}]{Times New Roman} -#+LATEX_HEADER: \author{Ben McGinnes <[email protected]>} - - -* What Was New - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: new-stuff - :END: - -| Version: | 0.0.1 | -| GPGME Version: | 1.13.0 | -| Author: | Ben McGinnes <[email protected]> | -| Author GPG Key: | DB4724E6FA4286C92B4E55C4321E4E2373590E5D | -| Language: | Australian English, British English | -| xml:lang: | en-AU, en-GB, en | - -The following are all the past /What's New/ sections for the Python -Bindings HOWTO and other documentation. - - -** What Was New in GPGME 1·12·0 - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: gpgme-1-12-0 - :END: - -The most obviously new point for those reading this guide is this -section on other new things, but that’s hardly important. Not given -all the other things which spurred the need for adding this section -and its subsections. - - -*** New in GPGME 1·12·0 - :PROPERTIES: - :CUSTOM_ID: new-stuff-1-12-0 - :END: - -There have been quite a number of additions to GPGME and the Python -bindings to it since the last release of GPGME with versions 1.11.0 -and 1.11.1 in April, 2018. - -The bullet points of new additiions are: - -- an expanded section on [[file:gpgme-python-howto#installation][installing]] and [[file:gpgme-python-howto#snafu][troubleshooting]] the Python - bindings. -- The release of Python 3.7.0; which appears to be working just fine - with our bindings, in spite of intermittent reports of problems for - many other Python projects with that new release. -- Python 3.7 has been moved to the head of the specified python - versions list in the build process. -- In order to fix some other issues, there are certain underlying - functions which are more exposed through the [[file:gpgme-python-howto#howto-get-context][gpg.Context()]], but - ongoing documentation ought to clarify that or otherwise provide the - best means of using the bindings. Some additions to =gpg.core= and - the =Context()=, however, were intended (see below). -- Continuing work in identifying and confirming the cause of - oft-reported [[file:gpgme-python-howto#snafu-runtime-not-funtime][problems installing the Python bindings on Windows]]. -- GSOC: Google's Surreptitiously Ordered Conscription ... erm ... oh, - right; Google's Summer of Code. Though there were two hopeful - candidates this year; only one ended up involved with the GnuPG - Project directly, the other concentrated on an unrelated third party - project with closer ties to one of the GNU/Linux distributions than - to the GnuPG Project. Thus the Python bindings benefited from GSOC - participant Jacob Adams, who added the key_import function; building - on prior work by Tobias Mueller. -- Several new methods functions were added to the gpg.Context(), - including: [[file:gpgme-python-howto#howto-import-key][key_import]], [[file:gpgme-python-howto#howto-export-key][key_export]], [[file:gpgme-python-howto#howto-export-public-key][key_export_minimal]] and - [[file:gpgme-python-howto#howto-export-secret-key][key_export_secret]]. -- Importing and exporting examples include versions integrated with - Marcel Fest's recently released [[https://github.com/Selfnet/hkp4py][HKP for Python]] module. Some - [[file:gpgme-python-howto#hkp4py][additional notes on this module]] are included at the end of the HOWTO. -- Instructions for dealing with semi-walled garden implementations - like ProtonMail are also included. This is intended to make things - a little easier when communicating with users of ProtonMail's - services and should not be construed as an endorsement of said - service. The GnuPG Project neither favours, nor disfavours - ProtonMail and the majority of this deals with interacting with the - ProtonMail keyserver. -- Semi-formalised the location where [[file:gpgme-python-howto#draft-editions][draft versions]] of this HOWTO may - periodically be accessible. This is both for the reference of - others and testing the publishing of the document itself. Renamed - this file at around the same time. -- The Texinfo documentation build configuration has been replicated - from the parent project in order to make to maintain consistency - with that project (and actually ship with each release). -- a reStructuredText (=.rst=) version is also generated for Python - developers more used to and comfortable with that format as it is - the standard Python documentation format and Python developers may - wish to use it with Sphinx. Please note that there has been no - testing of the reStructuredText version with Sphinx at all. The - reST file was generated by the simple expedient of using [[https://pandoc.org/][Pandoc]]. -- Added a new section for [[file:gpgme-python-howto#advanced-use][advanced or experimental use]]. -- Began the advanced use cases with [[file:gpgme-python-howto#cython][a section]] on using the module with - [[https://cython.org/][Cython]]. -- Added a number of new scripts to the =example/howto/= directory; - some of which may be in advance of their planned sections of the - HOWTO (and some are just there because it seemed like a good idea at - the time). -- Cleaned up a lot of things under the hood. diff --git a/lang/python/doc/texinfo/texinfo.tex b/lang/python/doc/texinfo/texinfo.tex deleted file mode 100644 index a505e733..00000000 --- a/lang/python/doc/texinfo/texinfo.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8962 +0,0 @@ -% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. -% -% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. -\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi -% -\def\texinfoversion{2007-12-02.17} -% -% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 2007, -% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, -% 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or -% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the -% License, or (at your option) any later version. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be -% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty -% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -% General Public License for more details. -% -% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -% -% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing -% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without -% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) -% -% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug -% reports; you can get the latest version from: -% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or -% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex -% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). -% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out -% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. -% -% Send bug reports to [email protected]. Please include including a -% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the -% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. -% -% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the -% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple -% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: -% tex foo.texi -% texindex foo.?? -% tex foo.texi -% tex foo.texi -% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. -% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. -% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more -% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. -% -% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some -% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the -% full Texinfo distribution. -% -% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. - - -\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} - -% If in a .fmt file, print the version number -% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because -% they might have appeared in the input file name. -\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% - \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - - -\chardef\other=12 - -% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. -% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. -\let\+ = \relax - -% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. -\let\ptexb=\b -\let\ptexbullet=\bullet -\let\ptexc=\c -\let\ptexcomma=\, -\let\ptexdot=\. -\let\ptexdots=\dots -\let\ptexend=\end -\let\ptexequiv=\equiv -\let\ptexexclam=\! -\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote -\let\ptexgtr=> -\let\ptexhat=^ -\let\ptexi=\i -\let\ptexindent=\indent -\let\ptexinsert=\insert -\let\ptexlbrace=\{ -\let\ptexless=< -\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite -\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent -\let\ptexplus=+ -\let\ptexrbrace=\} -\let\ptexslash=\/ -\let\ptexstar=\* -\let\ptext=\t - -% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it -% starts a new line in the output. -\newlinechar = `^^J - -% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error -% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. -% -\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined - \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. -\else - \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} -\fi - -% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi -\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi -\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi -\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi -\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi -\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi -\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi -\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi -\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi -\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi -\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi -\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi -\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi -\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi -\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi -\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi -\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi -\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi -\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi -\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi -\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi -\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi -\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi -\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi -\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi - -% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful. -\chardef\spacecat = 10 -\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} - -% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences. -\chardef\colonChar = `\: -\chardef\commaChar = `\, -\chardef\dashChar = `\- -\chardef\dotChar = `\. -\chardef\exclamChar= `\! -\chardef\lquoteChar= `\` -\chardef\questChar = `\? -\chardef\rquoteChar= `\' -\chardef\semiChar = `\; -\chardef\underChar = `\_ - -% Ignore a token. -% -\def\gobble#1{} - -% The following is used inside several \edef's. -\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% Hyphenation fixes. -\hyphenation{ - Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script - ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps - data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script - man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm - par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces - spell-ing spell-ings - stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space - wide-spread wrap-around -} - -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen\bindingoffset -\newdimen\normaloffset -\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} - -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). -% -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% -} - -% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file -% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, -% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make -% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log -% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. -% -\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% -\def\loggingall{% - \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 - \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex - \tracingparagraphs1 - \tracingoutput1 - \tracingmacros2 - \tracingrestores1 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen - \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging - \tracingscantokens1 - \tracingifs1 - \tracinggroups1 - \tracingnesting2 - \tracingassigns1 - \fi - \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex - \errorcontextlines16 -}% - -% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing -% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. -% -\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} -\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} -\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} - -% For @cropmarks command. -% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. -% -\newif\ifcropmarks -\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue -% -% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. -% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 -% -\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines -\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc -\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt -\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in - -% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. -% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. -% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. -% -% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. -% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. -% -% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter -% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top -% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is -% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two -% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and -% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK... -\def\domark{% - \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}% - \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}% - \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% - \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% - \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}% - \mark{% - \the\toks0 \the\toks2 - \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 - \noexpand\else \the\toks8 - }% -} -% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title -% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us -% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., -% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very -% first @chapter. -\def\gettopheadingmarks{% - \ifcase0\topmark\fi - \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi -} -\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} -\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi} - -% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. -\def\lastchapterdefs{} -\def\lastsectiondefs{} -\def\prevchapterdefs{} -\def\prevsectiondefs{} -\def\lastcolordefs{} - -% Main output routine. -\chardef\PAGE = 255 -\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} - -\newbox\headlinebox -\newbox\footlinebox - -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents -% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. -\def\onepageout#1{% - \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset - \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi - % - % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in - % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). - \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi - \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% - \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi - \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% - % - {% - % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to - % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends - % before the \shipout runs. - % - \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. - \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if - % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. - % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: - % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} - % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; - % it needs to be - % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym} - \shipout\vbox{% - % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. - \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi - % - \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup - \hsize = \outerhsize - \vskip-\topandbottommargin - \vtop to0pt{% - \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% - \nointerlineskip - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% - }% - \vss}% - \vskip\topandbottommargin - \line\bgroup - \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. - \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi - \vbox\bgroup - \fi - % - \unvbox\headlinebox - \pagebody{#1}% - \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt - % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. - % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) - % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. - \vskip 24pt - \unvbox\footlinebox - \fi - % - \ifcropmarks - \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup - \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup - \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill - \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick - \vbox to0pt{\vss - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% - }% - \nointerlineskip - \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% - }% - \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause - \fi - }% end of \shipout\vbox - }% end of group with \indexdummies - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi -} - -\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen - -\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} -{\catcode`\@ =11 -\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi -% marginal hacks, [email protected] (Juha Takala) -\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present - \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi -\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax -\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi -\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} -} - -% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are -% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize -% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) -% -\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} -\def\nstop{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} -\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} -\def\nsbot{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} - -% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of -% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a -% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. -% -\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} -\def\parseargusing#1#2{% - \def\argtorun{#2}% - \begingroup - \obeylines - \spaceisspace - #1% - \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. -} - -{\obeylines % - \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% - \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. - \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% - }% -} - -% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. -\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} - -% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space. -% -% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., -% @end itemize @c foo -% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed -% by \finishparsearg. -% -\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% - \def\temp{#3}% - \ifx\temp\empty - % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: - \let\temp\finishparsearg - \else - \let\temp\argcheckspaces - \fi - % Put the space token in: - \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm -} - -% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so -% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. -% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, -% just before passing the control to \argtorun. -% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is -% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger -% that a pair of braces would be stripped. -% -% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. -% -\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} - -% \parseargdef\foo{...} -% is roughly equivalent to -% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} -% \def\Xfoo#1{...} -% -% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, i.e. \\foo, as it is my -% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 - -\def\parseargdef#1{% - \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% -} -\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% - \def#2{\parsearg#1}% - \def#1##1% -} - -% Several utility definitions with active space: -{ - \obeyspaces - \gdef\obeyedspace{ } - - % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword - % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this - % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input - % should produce a line of output anyway. - % - \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} - - % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces - % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the - % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). - \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} -} - - -\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} - -% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: -% -% \envdef\foo{...} -% \def\Efoo{...} -% -% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the -% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also -% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks -% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be -% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. -% -% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they -% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The -% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this -% special case.) - - -% At runtime, environments start with this: -\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} -% initialize -\let\thisenv\empty - -% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': -\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} -\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} - -% Check whether we're in the right environment: -\def\checkenv#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \else - \badenverr - \fi -} - -% Environment mismatch, #1 expected: -\def\badenverr{% - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, - not \inenvironment\thisenv}% -} -\def\inenvironment#1{% - \ifx#1\empty - out of any environment% - \else - in environment \expandafter\string#1% - \fi -} - -% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. -% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv -% -\parseargdef\end{% - \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname - \else - % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 - \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname - \csname E#1\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} - - -%% Simple single-character @ commands - -% @@ prints an @ -% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). -\def\@{{\tt\char64}} - -% This is turned off because it was never documented -% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. -%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' -%% but suppressing ligatures. -%\def\`{{`}} -%\def\'{{'}} - -% Used to generate quoted braces. -\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} -\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} -\let\{=\mylbrace -\let\}=\myrbrace -\begingroup - % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, - % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. - \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other - \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 - \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other - !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% - !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% - !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% - !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% -!endgroup - -% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. -\let\comma = , - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. -\let\, = \c -\let\dotaccent = \. -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \t -\let\ubaraccent = \b -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} -\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} -\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a -% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) -% -\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } - -% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in -% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most -% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using -% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and -% \scriptscriptstyle). -% -\def\LaTeX{% - L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% - \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% - \kern-.15em - \TeX -} - -% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space -% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space -% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and -% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the -% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. -{\catcode`@ = 11 - % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble - % if the definition is written into an index file. - \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M - \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } -} - -% @: forces normal size whitespace following. -\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } - -% @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} - -% @/ allows a line break. -\let\/=\allowbreak - -% @. is an end-of-sentence period. -\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. -\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @? is an end-of-sentence query. -\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. -% -\def\onword{on} -\def\offword{off} -% -\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing - \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the -% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would -% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. -\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} - -% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing -% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box -% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for -% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is -% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, -% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and -% the text is small, which looks bad. -% -% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can -% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it -% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an -% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The -% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit -% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). -% -\newbox\groupbox -\def\vfilllimit{0.7} -% -\envdef\group{% - \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else - \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp - \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% - \fi - \startsavinginserts - % - \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup - % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as - % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an - % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after - % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group - % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo - % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. - \comment -} -% -% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts -% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) -% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space -% above. But it's pretty close. -\def\Egroup{% - % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group - % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. - \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. - \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth - \egroup % End the \vtop. - % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. - \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox - % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). - \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal - % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big - % group, force a page break. - \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 - \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight - \page - \fi - \fi - \box\groupbox - \prevdepth = \dimen1 - \checkinserts -} -% -% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help -% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. -% -\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% -group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% -where each line of input produces a line of output.} - -% @need space-in-mils -% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. - -\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in - -% Old definition--didn't work. -%\parseargdef\need{\par % -%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally -%% if the depth of the box does not fit. -%{\baselineskip=0pt% -%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak -%\prevdepth=-1000pt -%}} - -\parseargdef\need{% - % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a - % paragraph. - \par - % - % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. - \dimen0 = #1\mil - \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox - \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox - \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 - % - % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the - % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. - % And a page break here is fine. - \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak - \fi -} - -% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). - -\let\br = \par - -% @page forces the start of a new page. -% -\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% @exdent text.... -% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin - -% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. -% That's how much \exdent should take out. -\newskip\exdentamount - -% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. -\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} - -% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. -\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount - \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} - -% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current -% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion -% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. -% -\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm -\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} -% -\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% - \nobreak - \kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{% - \baselineskip=\strutdepth - \vss - % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to - % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. - \ifx#1l% - \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% - \else - \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% - \fi - \null - }% -}} -\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} -\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} -% -% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} -% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; -% else use TEXT for both). -% -\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} -\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts - \def\righttext{#2}% - \else - \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text - \def\righttext{#1}% - \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno - \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin - \else - \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% - \fi - \temp -} - -% @include file insert text of that file as input. -% -\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} -\def\includezzz#1{% - \pushthisfilestack - \def\thisfile{#1}% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{\input #1 }% - \expandafter - }\temp - \popthisfilestack -} -\def\filenamecatcodes{% - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`~=\other - \catcode`^=\other - \catcode`_=\other - \catcode`|=\other - \catcode`<=\other - \catcode`>=\other - \catcode`+=\other - \catcode`-=\other -} - -\def\pushthisfilestack{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackX{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% - \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% -} - -\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} -\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: - the stack of filenames is empty.}} - -\def\thisfile{} - -% @center line -% outputs that line, centered. -% -\parseargdef\center{% - \ifhmode - \let\next\centerH - \else - \let\next\centerV - \fi - \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% -} -\def\centerH#1{% - {% - \hfil\break - \advance\hsize by -\leftskip - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \line{#1}% - \break - }% -} -\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} - -% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space - -\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} - -% @comment ...line which is ignored... -% @c is the same as @comment -% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment - -\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% -\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% -\commentxxx} -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} - -\let\c=\comment - -% @paragraphindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. -% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. -% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. -% -\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords -\def\noneword{none} -% -\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \defaultparindent = 0pt - \else - \defaultparindent = #1em - \fi - \fi - \parindent = \defaultparindent -} - -% @exampleindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. -% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but -% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. -\parseargdef\exampleindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \lispnarrowing = 0pt - \else - \lispnarrowing = #1em - \fi - \fi -} - -% @firstparagraphindent WORD -% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph -% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such -% paragraphs. -% -% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling -% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. -% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. -% By default, we suppress indentation. -% -\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} -\def\insertword{insert} -% -\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\noneword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent - \else\ifx\temp\insertword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% - \fi\fi -} - -% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to -% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. -% -% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next -% paragraph. -% -\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% - \gdef\indent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \indent - }% - \gdef\noindent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \noindent - }% - \global\everypar = {% - \kern -\parindent - \restorefirstparagraphindent - }% -} - -\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% - \global \let \indent = \ptexindent - \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent - \global \everypar = {}% -} - - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math outputs its argument in math mode. -% -% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean -% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make -% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, -% which is what @var uses. -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - \gdef\mathunderscore{% - \catcode`\_=\active - \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% - } -} -% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. -% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but -% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not -% otherwise define @\. -% -% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. -\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} -% -\def\math{% - \tex - \mathunderscore - \let\\ = \mathbackslash - \mathactive - $\finishmath -} -\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. - -% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. -% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument -% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). -% -{ - \catcode`^ = \active - \catcode`< = \active - \catcode`> = \active - \catcode`+ = \active - \gdef\mathactive{% - \let^ = \ptexhat - \let< = \ptexless - \let> = \ptexgtr - \let+ = \ptexplus - } -} - -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} -\def\minus{$-$} - -% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm -% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, -% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do -% whichever is larger. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods - \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em - \dimen0 = \wd0 - \else - \dimen0 = 1.5em - \fi - \hbox to \dimen0{% - \hskip 0pt plus.25fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \dots - \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor -} - -% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up -% Texinfo's parsing. -% -\let\comma = , - -% @refill is a no-op. -\let\refill=\relax - -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \iflinks - \tryauxfile - % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. - \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux - \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. - \openindices - \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. - \openin 1 texinfo.cnf - \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi - \closein 1 - % - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -% Called from \setfilename. -% -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} - -% @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} - - -\message{pdf,} -% adobe `portable' document format -\newcount\tempnum -\newcount\lnkcount -\newtoks\filename -\newcount\filenamelength -\newcount\pgn -\newtoks\toksA -\newtoks\toksB -\newtoks\toksC -\newtoks\toksD -\newbox\boxA -\newcount\countA -\newif\ifpdf -\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest - -% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 -% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, -% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined -\else - \ifx\pdfoutput\relax - \else - \ifcase\pdfoutput - \else - \pdftrue - \fi - \fi -\fi - -% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, -% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to -% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be -% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. -% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html -% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX -% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so -% that's what we do). - -% double active backslashes. -% -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active - @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% - @catcode`@\=@active - @let\=@doublebackslash} -} - -% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are -% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as -% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor -% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission -% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek. -% -% #1 is the tokens to replace. -% #2 is the replacement. -% #3 is the control sequence with the string. -% -\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% - \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% - ##1% - \ifx\\##2\\% - \else - #2% - \HyReturnAfterFi{% - \HyPsdReplace##2\END - }% - \fi - }% - \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% -} -\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} - -% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. -\def\backslashparens#1{% - \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply - % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. - \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}% - \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}% -} - -\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images -with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot -be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI -output) for that.)} - -\ifpdf - % - % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex. - \def\cmykDarkRed{0.28 1 1 0.35} - \def\cmykBlack{0 0 0 1} - % - \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 k}} - % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, - % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. - \def\setcolor#1{% - \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% - \domark - \pdfsetcolor{#1}% - } - % - \def\maincolor{\cmykBlack} - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} - \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} - \def\lastcolordefs{} - % - \def\makefootline{% - \baselineskip24pt - \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% - } - % - \def\makeheadline{% - \vbox to 0pt{% - \vskip-22.5pt - \line{% - \vbox to8.5pt{}% - % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. - \getcolormarks - % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. - \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% - }% - \vss - }% - \nointerlineskip - } - % - % - \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} - % - % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). - \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% - \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - % - % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among - % others). Let's try in that order. - \let\pdfimgext=\empty - \begingroup - \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp - \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% - \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - % - % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is - % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \immediate\pdfimage - \else - \immediate\pdfximage - \fi - \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi - \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 - #1.\pdfimgext - \else - {#1.\pdfimgext}% - \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else - \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage - \fi} - % - \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% - % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters - % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \activebackslashdouble - \makevalueexpandable - \def\pdfdestname{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfdestname - \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% - }} - % - % used to mark target names; must be expandable. - \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} - % - % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as - % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. - \def\urlcolor{\cmykDarkRed} - \def\linkcolor{\cmykDarkRed} - \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} - % - % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines - % come from Petr Olsak - \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% - \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} - \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax - \advance\tempnum by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} - % - % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the - % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number - % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, - % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. - % #4 is the page number - % - \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% - % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the - % page number. We could generate a destination for the section - % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't - % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% - \else - % Doubled backslashes in the name. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% - \fi - % - % Also double the backslashes in the display string. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% - % - \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% - } - % - \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% - \begingroup - % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks - \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace - \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace - % - % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \def\thischapnum{##2}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% - \def\thissecnum{##2}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% - \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% - }% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% - }% - \def\thischapnum{0}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - % - % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et - % al. a second time, below. - \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \readdatafile{toc}% - % - % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. - % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of - % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. - % - % We use the node names as the destinations. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero - \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% - % - % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of - % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, - % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from - % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from - % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. - % - % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to - % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right - % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. - \indexnofonts - \setupdatafile - \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash - \input \tocreadfilename - \endgroup - } - % - \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% - \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax - \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi - \fi - \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \let \startlink \pdfannotlink - \else - \let \startlink \pdfstartlink - \fi - % make a live url in pdf output. - \def\pdfurl#1{% - \begingroup - % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not - % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context - % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one - % people have actually reported a problem with. - % - \normalturnoffactive - \def\@{@}% - \let\/=\empty - \makevalueexpandable - \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% - \endgroup} - \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} - \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} - \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} - \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} - \def\maketoks{% - \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax - \ifx\first0\adn0 - \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 - \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 - \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 - \else - \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi - \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else - \let\next=\maketoks - \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} - \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \next} - \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% - {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} - \def\pdflink#1{% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} - \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} - \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} -\else - \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble - \let\pdfurl = \gobble - \let\endlink = \relax - \let\setcolor = \gobble - \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble - \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax -\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput - - -\message{fonts,} - -% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. -% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in -% italics, not bold italics. -% -\def\setfontstyle#1{% - \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. - \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font -} - -% Select #1 fonts with the current style. -% -\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} - -\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} -\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} -\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} -\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} -\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} - -% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf. -\newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} -\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. - -% We don't need math for this font style. -\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} - - -% Default leading. -\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt - -% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size -% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers -% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. -% -\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} -\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} -\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} -% -% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. -\def\baselinefactor{1} -% -\def\setleading#1{% - \dimen0 = #1\relax - \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 - \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselines - \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% - \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip - depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip - }% -} - -% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. -% -% do nothing with this by default. -\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble -\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble -\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble - -% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. -% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run -% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) -\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else - \begingroup - \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. - \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap -%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) -%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) -%%Version: 1.000 -%%EndComments -/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin -12 dict begin -begincmap -/CIDSystemInfo -<< /Registry (TeX) -/Ordering (OT1) -/Supplement 0 ->> def -/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def -/CMapType 2 def -1 begincodespacerange -<00> <7F> -endcodespacerange -8 beginbfrange -<00> <01> <0393> -<09> <0A> <03A8> -<23> <26> <0023> -<28> <3B> <0028> -<3F> <5B> <003F> -<5D> <5E> <005D> -<61> <7A> <0061> -<7B> <7C> <2013> -endbfrange -40 beginbfchar -<02> <0398> -<03> <039B> -<04> <039E> -<05> <03A0> -<06> <03A3> -<07> <03D2> -<08> <03A6> -<0B> <00660066> -<0C> <00660069> -<0D> <0066006C> -<0E> <006600660069> -<0F> <00660066006C> -<10> <0131> -<11> <0237> -<12> <0060> -<13> <00B4> -<14> <02C7> -<15> <02D8> -<16> <00AF> -<17> <02DA> -<18> <00B8> -<19> <00DF> -<1A> <00E6> -<1B> <0153> -<1C> <00F8> -<1D> <00C6> -<1E> <0152> -<1F> <00D8> -<21> <0021> -<22> <201D> -<27> <2019> -<3C> <00A1> -<3D> <003D> -<3E> <00BF> -<5C> <201C> -<5F> <02D9> -<60> <2018> -<7D> <02DD> -<7E> <007E> -<7F> <00A8> -endbfchar -endcmap -CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop -end -end -%%EndResource -%%EOF - }\endgroup - \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% - \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% - }% -% -% \cmapOT1IT - \begingroup - \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. - \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap -%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) -%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) -%%Version: 1.000 -%%EndComments -/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin -12 dict begin -begincmap -/CIDSystemInfo -<< /Registry (TeX) -/Ordering (OT1IT) -/Supplement 0 ->> def -/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def -/CMapType 2 def -1 begincodespacerange -<00> <7F> -endcodespacerange -8 beginbfrange -<00> <01> <0393> -<09> <0A> <03A8> -<25> <26> <0025> -<28> <3B> <0028> -<3F> <5B> <003F> -<5D> <5E> <005D> -<61> <7A> <0061> -<7B> <7C> <2013> -endbfrange -42 beginbfchar -<02> <0398> -<03> <039B> -<04> <039E> -<05> <03A0> -<06> <03A3> -<07> <03D2> -<08> <03A6> -<0B> <00660066> -<0C> <00660069> -<0D> <0066006C> -<0E> <006600660069> -<0F> <00660066006C> -<10> <0131> -<11> <0237> -<12> <0060> -<13> <00B4> -<14> <02C7> -<15> <02D8> -<16> <00AF> -<17> <02DA> -<18> <00B8> -<19> <00DF> -<1A> <00E6> -<1B> <0153> -<1C> <00F8> -<1D> <00C6> -<1E> <0152> -<1F> <00D8> -<21> <0021> -<22> <201D> -<23> <0023> -<24> <00A3> -<27> <2019> -<3C> <00A1> -<3D> <003D> -<3E> <00BF> -<5C> <201C> -<5F> <02D9> -<60> <2018> -<7D> <02DD> -<7E> <007E> -<7F> <00A8> -endbfchar -endcmap -CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop -end -end -%%EndResource -%%EOF - }\endgroup - \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% - \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% - }% -% -% \cmapOT1TT - \begingroup - \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. - \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap -%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) -%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) -%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) -%%Version: 1.000 -%%EndComments -/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin -12 dict begin -begincmap -/CIDSystemInfo -<< /Registry (TeX) -/Ordering (OT1TT) -/Supplement 0 ->> def -/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def -/CMapType 2 def -1 begincodespacerange -<00> <7F> -endcodespacerange -5 beginbfrange -<00> <01> <0393> -<09> <0A> <03A8> -<21> <26> <0021> -<28> <5F> <0028> -<61> <7E> <0061> -endbfrange -32 beginbfchar -<02> <0398> -<03> <039B> -<04> <039E> -<05> <03A0> -<06> <03A3> -<07> <03D2> -<08> <03A6> -<0B> <2191> -<0C> <2193> -<0D> <0027> -<0E> <00A1> -<0F> <00BF> -<10> <0131> -<11> <0237> -<12> <0060> -<13> <00B4> -<14> <02C7> -<15> <02D8> -<16> <00AF> -<17> <02DA> -<18> <00B8> -<19> <00DF> -<1A> <00E6> -<1B> <0153> -<1C> <00F8> -<1D> <00C6> -<1E> <0152> -<1F> <00D8> -<20> <2423> -<27> <2019> -<60> <2018> -<7F> <00A8> -endbfchar -endcmap -CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop -end -end -%%EndResource -%%EOF - }\endgroup - \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% - \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% - }% -\fi\fi - - -% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the -% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). -% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap -% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass -% empty to omit). -\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% - \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 - \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% -} -% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. -\let\cmap\gobble -% emacs-page end of cmaps - -% Use cm as the default font prefix. -% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix -% before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\undefined -\def\fontprefix{cm} -\fi -% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. -\def\rmshape{r} -\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold -\def\bfshape{b} -\def\bxshape{bx} -\def\ttshape{tt} -\def\ttbshape{tt} -\def\ttslshape{sltt} -\def\itshape{ti} -\def\itbshape{bxti} -\def\slshape{sl} -\def\slbshape{bxsl} -\def\sfshape{ss} -\def\sfbshape{ss} -\def\scshape{csc} -\def\scbshape{csc} - -% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in -% Texinfo. -% -\def\definetextfontsizexi{% -% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). -\def\textnominalsize{11pt} -\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep -\def\textecsize{1095} - -% A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} - -% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). -\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} -\font\smalli=cmmi9 -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\smallecsize{0900} - -% Fonts for small examples (8pt). -\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} -\font\smalleri=cmmi8 -\font\smallersy=cmsy8 -\def\smallerecsize{0800} - -% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): -\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 -\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\authorrm{\secrm} -\def\authortt{\sectt} -\def\titleecsize{2074} - -% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). -\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} -\let\chapbf=\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 -\def\chapecsize{1728} - -% Section fonts (14.4pt). -\def\secnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 -\def\sececsize{1440} - -% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). -\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} -\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 -\def\ssececsize{1200} - -% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). -\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\font\reducedi=cmmi10 -\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 -\def\reducedecsize{1000} - -% reset the current fonts -\textfonts -\rm -} % end of 11pt text font size definitions - - -% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with -% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU -% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the -% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. -% -\def\definetextfontsizex{% -% Text fonts (10pt). -\def\textnominalsize{10pt} -\edef\mainmagstep{1000} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep -\def\textecsize{1000} - -% A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} - -% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). -\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} -\font\smalli=cmmi9 -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\smallecsize{0900} - -% Fonts for small examples (8pt). -\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} -\font\smalleri=cmmi8 -\font\smallersy=cmsy8 -\def\smallerecsize{0800} - -% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): -\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} -\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 -\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\authorrm{\secrm} -\def\authortt{\sectt} -\def\titleecsize{2074} - -% Chapter fonts (14.4pt). -\def\chapnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\let\chapbf\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 -\def\chapecsize{1440} - -% Section fonts (12pt). -\def\secnominalsize{12pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} -\font\seci=cmmi12 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 -\def\sececsize{1200} - -% Subsection fonts (10pt). -\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} -\font\sseci=cmmi10 -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 -\def\ssececsize{1000} - -% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). -\def\reducednominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} -\font\reducedi=cmmi9 -\font\reducedsy=cmsy9 -\def\reducedecsize{0900} - -% reduce space between paragraphs -\divide\parskip by 2 - -% reset the current fonts -\textfonts -\rm -} % end of 10pt text font size definitions - - -% We provide the user-level command -% @fonttextsize 10 -% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. -% -\def\xword{10} -\def\xiword{11} -% -\parseargdef\fonttextsize{% - \def\textsizearg{#1}% - \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% - % - % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since - % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. - % - \begingroup \globaldefs=1 - \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex - \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi - \else - \errhelp=\EMsimple - \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} - \fi\fi - \endgroup -} - - -% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since -% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except -% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and -% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). -% -\def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy - \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf - \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf -} - -% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead -% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the -% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire -% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. -% -% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) -% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in -% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. -% -% This all needs generalizing, badly. -% -\def\textfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl - \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc - \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy - \let\tenttsl=\textttsl - \def\curfontsize{text}% - \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} -\def\titlefonts{% - \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl - \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc - \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy - \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl - \def\curfontsize{title}% - \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} -\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} -\def\chapfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl - \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc - \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy - \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl - \def\curfontsize{chap}% - \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} -\def\secfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl - \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc - \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy - \let\tenttsl=\secttsl - \def\curfontsize{sec}% - \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} -\def\subsecfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl - \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc - \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy - \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl - \def\curfontsize{ssec}% - \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} -\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts -\def\reducedfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl - \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc - \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy - \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl - \def\curfontsize{reduced}% - \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl - \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc - \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy - \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl - \def\curfontsize{small}% - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallerfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl - \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc - \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy - \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl - \def\curfontsize{smaller}% - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} - -% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. -\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts - -% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample -% can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 -% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 -% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth -% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. -% -% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): -% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 -% -% I wish the USA used A4 paper. -% --karl, 24jan03. - - -% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. -% -\definetextfontsizexi - -% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. -\def\angleleft{$\langle$} -\def\angleright{$\rangle$} - -% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks -\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 - -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 -\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} -\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} - -%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans -%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic - -% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction -% unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else - \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. -% @var is set to this for defun arguments. -\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want -% ttsl for book titles, do we? -\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -\let\i=\smartitalic -\let\slanted=\smartslanted -\let\var=\smartslanted -\let\dfn=\smartslanted -\let\emph=\smartitalic - -% @b, explicit bold. -\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} -\let\strong=\b - -% @sansserif, explicit sans. -\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} - -% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at -% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the -% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. -% -\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} -\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } - -% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. -% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and -% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. -% -\catcode`@=11 - \def\plainfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m - \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends - } - \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 - \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends - } -\catcode`@=\other -\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default - -\def\t#1{% - {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% - \null -} -\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} -\font\keysy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% - \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% - \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt - \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% - \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% - \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} -\def\key #1{{\nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -% The old definition, with no lozenge: -%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} - -% @file, @option are the same as @samp. -\let\file=\samp -\let\option=\samp - -% @code is a modification of @t, -% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. -\def\tclose#1{% - {% - % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. - \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font - % - % Switch to typewriter. - \tt - % - % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. - \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% - % - % Turn off hyphenation. - \nohyphenation - % - \rawbackslash - \plainfrenchspacing - #1% - }% - \null -} - -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. -% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes -% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. - -% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control -% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. -% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -% -- rms. -{ - \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active - \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active - % - \global\def\code{\begingroup - \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active - \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft - % - \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active - \ifallowcodebreaks - \let-\codedash - \let_\codeunder - \else - \let-\realdash - \let_\realunder - \fi - \codex - } -} - -\def\realdash{-} -\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} -\def\codeunder{% - % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ - % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) - % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us - % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. - \ifusingtt{\ifmmode - \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. - \else\normalunderscore \fi - \discretionary{}{}{}}% - {\_}% -} -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} - -% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., -% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in -% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in -% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this. -% -\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue - -\def\keywordtrue{true} -\def\keywordfalse{false} - -\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue - \allowcodebreakstrue - \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse - \allowcodebreaksfalse - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% - \fi\fi -} - -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. - -% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), -% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), -% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). -\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\worddistinct{distinct} -\def\wordexample{example} -\def\wordcode{code} - -% Default is `distinct.' -\kbdinputstyle distinct - -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% -\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} - -% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. -\let\indicateurl=\code -\let\env=\code -\let\command=\code - -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) -% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third -% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url -% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in -% a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} -\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \ifpdf - \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it - \else - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url - \fi - \else - \code{#1}% only url given, so show it - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. -% -\let\url=\uref - -% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. -% -%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\ifpdf - \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} - \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi - \endlink - \endgroup} -\else - \let\email=\uref -\fi - -% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the -% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and -% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have -% this property, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } - -% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the -% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. -% -\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} - -\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} - -% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', -% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for -% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. -%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} - -% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - -% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. -% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for -% all-uppercase. -% -\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} -\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi -} - -% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. -% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. -% -\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} -\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi -} - -% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. -% -\def\pounds{{\it\$}} - -% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. -% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik -% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and -% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). -% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. -% -% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore -% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular -% font height. -% -% feymr - regular -% feymo - slanted -% feybr - bold -% feybo - bold slanted -% -% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. -% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. -% Hmm. -% -% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? -% Hope not. -% -% -\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} -\def\eurofont{% - % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in - % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that - % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the - % font installed. - % - % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale - % that to the current nominal size. - % - % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but - % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. - % - \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% - % - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename - % bold: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize - \else - % regular: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize - \fi - \thiseurofont -} - -% Hacks for glyphs from the EC fonts similar to \euro. We don't -% use \let for the aliases, because sometimes we redefine the original -% macro, and the alias should reflect the redefinition. -\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} -\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} -\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} -\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} -\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} -\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} -\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} -\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} -% -\def\ecfont{% - % We can't distinguish serif/sanserif and italic/slanted, but this - % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German - % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so - % hopefully nobody will notice/care. - \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% - \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename - % bold: - \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \else - % regular: - \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize - \fi - \thisecfont -} - -% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really -% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. -% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. -% -\def\registeredsymbol{% - $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% - \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% - }$% -} - -% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. -% -\def\textdegree{$^\circ$} - -% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: -% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 -% so we'll define it if necessary. -% -\ifx\Orb\undefined -\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} -\fi - -% Quotes. -\chardef\quotedblleft="5C -\chardef\quotedblright=`\" -\chardef\quoteleft=`\` -\chardef\quoteright=`\' - - -\message{page headings,} - -\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in -\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc - -% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. -\newif\ifseenauthor -\newif\iffinishedtitlepage - -% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the -% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. -% -\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue -\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue - -\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} - -\envdef\titlepage{% - % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. - \begingroup - \parindent=0pt \textfonts - % Leave some space at the very top of the page. - \vglue\titlepagetopglue - % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. - \finishedtitlepagetrue - % - % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space - % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. - \let\oldpage = \page - \def\page{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - \let\page = \oldpage - \page - \null - }% -} - -\def\Etitlepage{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, - % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. - % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page - % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. - \oldpage - \endgroup - % - % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are - % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. - \HEADINGSon - % - % If they want short, they certainly want long too. - \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \shortcontents - \contents - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \global\let\contents = \relax - \fi - % - \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \contents - \global\let\contents = \relax - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \fi -} - -\def\finishtitlepage{% - \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize - \vskip\titlepagebottomglue - \finishedtitlepagetrue -} - -%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: - -\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm -\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} - -\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines - \let\tt=\authortt} - -\parseargdef\title{% - \checkenv\titlepage - \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} - % print a rule at the page bottom also. - \finishedtitlepagefalse - \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt -} - -\parseargdef\subtitle{% - \checkenv\titlepage - {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% -} - -% @author should come last, but may come many times. -% It can also be used inside @quotation. -% -\parseargdef\author{% - \def\temp{\quotation}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. - \else - \checkenv\titlepage - \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi - {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% - \fi -} - - -%%% Set up page headings and footings. - -\let\thispage=\folio - -\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages -\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages -\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages -\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages - -% Now make TeX use those variables -\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline - \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} -\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline - \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} -\let\HEADINGShook=\relax - -% Commands to set those variables. -% For example, this is what @headings on does -% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter -% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle -% @evenfooting @thisfile|| -% @oddfooting ||@thisfile - - -\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} -\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} -\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% - -\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} -\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} -\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% - % - % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume - % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. - \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt - \global\advance\vsize by -12pt -} - -\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} - -% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page -% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page -% -% The same set of arguments for: -% -% @oddheadingmarks -% @evenfootingmarks -% @oddfootingmarks -% @everyheadingmarks -% @everyfootingmarks - -\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} -\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} -\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} -\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} -\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} - \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } -\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} - \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } -% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. -\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname - \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp -} - -\everyheadingmarks bottom -\everyfootingmarks bottom - -% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. -% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. -% @headings off turns them off. -% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. -% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. -% By default, they are off at the start of a document, -% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. - -\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} - -\def\HEADINGSoff{% -\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} -\HEADINGSoff -% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. -% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, -% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document -% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top -% edge of all pages. -\def\HEADINGSdouble{% -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} -\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager - -% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, -% page number on top right. -\def\HEADINGSsingle{% -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} -\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} - -\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} -\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter -\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} - -\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} -\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} - -% Subroutines used in generating headings -% This produces Day Month Year style of output. -% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set -% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). -\ifx\today\undefined -\def\today{% - \number\day\space - \ifcase\month - \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr - \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug - \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec - \fi - \space\number\year} -\fi - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. -% It generates no output of its own. -\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} -\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} - - -\message{tables,} -% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). - -% default indentation of table text -\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in -% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text -\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in -% margin between end of table item and start of table text. -\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in - -% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin -\newdimen\itemmax - -% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with -% these defs. -% They also define \itemindex -% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). - -\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip - -\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} - -\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} -\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} - -\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \advance\hsize by -\tableindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% - \itemindex{#1}% - \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. - % - % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line - % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that - % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next - % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the - % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. - \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax - % - % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, - % but leave it ragged-right. - \begingroup - \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent - \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil - \leavevmode\unhbox0\par - \endgroup - % - % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the - % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. - \nobreak \vskip-\parskip - % - % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if - % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no - % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would - % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this - % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert - % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. - % - \penalty 10001 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse - \else - % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. - \noindent - % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in - % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and - % eventually be printed. - \nobreak\kern-\tableindent - \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \unhbox0 - \nobreak\kern\dimen0 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue - \fi -} - -\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} -\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} - -% @table, @ftable, @vtable. -\envdef\table{% - \let\itemindex\gobble - \tablecheck{table}% -} -\envdef\ftable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{ftable}% -} -\envdef\vtable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{vtable}% -} -\def\tablecheck#1{% - \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active - \endgroup - \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is - that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% - \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% - \else - \let\next\tablex - \fi - \next -} -\def\tablex#1{% - \def\itemindicate{#1}% - \parsearg\tabley -} -\def\tabley#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% - \expandafter - }\temp \endtablez -} -\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% - \aboveenvbreak - \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi - \itemmax=\tableindent - \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance \leftskip by \tableindent - \exdentamount=\tableindent - \parindent = 0pt - \parskip = \smallskipamount - \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \let\item = \internalBitem - \let\itemx = \internalBitemx -} -\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} -\let\Eftable\Etable -\let\Evtable\Etable -\let\Eitemize\Etable -\let\Eenumerate\Etable - -% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize - -\newcount \itemno - -\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} - -\def\doitemize#1{% - \aboveenvbreak - \itemmax=\itemindent - \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance\leftskip by \itemindent - \exdentamount=\itemindent - \parindent=0pt - \parskip=\smallskipamount - \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \def\itemcontents{#1}% - % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. - \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi - \let\item=\itemizeitem -} - -% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. -% -\def\itemizeitem{% - \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations - {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break - {% - % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a - % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have - % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero - % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the - % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there - % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much - % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least - % that's the theory. - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% - \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. - \flushcr -} - -% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in -% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. -% -\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% - -% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, -% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No -% argument is the same as `1'. -% -\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} -\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% - % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. - \def\thearg{#1}% - \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi - % - % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a - % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. - % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. - % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at - % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) - \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark - \ifx\rest\empty - % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. - % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. - % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and - % not equal to itself. - % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. - % - % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from - % continuing to look for a <number>. - % - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax - \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) - \else - % It's a letter. - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax - \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter - \else - \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter - \fi - \fi - \else - % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. - \numericenumerate - \fi -} - -% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is -% given in \thearg. -% -\def\numericenumerate{% - \itemno = \thearg - \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% -} - -% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\lowercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet}% - \fi - \char\lccode\itemno - }% -} - -% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\uppercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet} - \fi - \char\uccode\itemno - }% -} - -% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the -% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in -% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. -% -\def\startenumeration#1{% - \advance\itemno by -1 - \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr -} - -% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg -% to @enumerate. -% -\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} -\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} -\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} -\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} - - -% @multitable macros -% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 -% -% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. -% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width -% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, -% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. - -% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. - -% To make preamble: -% -% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: -% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 -% @item ... -% -% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total -% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many -% columns as desired. - - -% Or use a template: -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item ... -% using the widest term desired in each column. - -% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column -% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's -% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, -% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. - -% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt -% if they are. - -% Sample multitable: - -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col -% @item -% first col stuff -% @tab -% second col stuff -% @tab -% third col -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff -% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. -% -% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. -% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. -% @end multitable - -% Default dimensions may be reset by user. -% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. -% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. -% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. -% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline -% to baseline. -% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. -% -\newskip\multitableparskip -\newskip\multitableparindent -\newdimen\multitablecolspace -\newskip\multitablelinespace -\multitableparskip=0pt -\multitableparindent=6pt -\multitablecolspace=12pt -\multitablelinespace=0pt - -% Macros used to set up halign preamble: -% -\let\endsetuptable\relax -\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} -\let\columnfractions\relax -\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} -\newif\ifsetpercent - -% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might -% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. -% -\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% - \setuptable -} - -\newcount\colcount -\def\setuptable#1{% - \def\firstarg{#1}% - \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable - \let\go = \relax - \else - \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions - \global\setpercenttrue - \else - \ifsetpercent - \let\go\pickupwholefraction - \else - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a - % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% - \fi - \fi - \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction - % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so - % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. - \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% - \else - \let\go = \setuptable - \fi% - \fi - \go -} - -% multitable-only commands. -% -% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. -% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group -% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. -\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% -% -% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template -% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until -% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. -% --karl, [email protected], 20apr99. -\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% - -% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: -% -\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. -% -\envdef\multitable{% - \vskip\parskip - \startsavinginserts - % - % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. - % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries - % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka - % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. - \def\item{\crcr}% - % - \tolerance=9500 - \hbadness=9500 - \setmultitablespacing - \parskip=\multitableparskip - \parindent=\multitableparindent - \overfullrule=0pt - \global\colcount=0 - % - \everycr = {% - \noalign{% - \global\everytab={}% - \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. - % Check for saved footnotes, etc. - \checkinserts - % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. - %\filbreak - % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the - % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the - % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. - }% - }% - % - \parsearg\domultitable -} -\def\domultitable#1{% - % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: - \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable - % - % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will - % be used as many times as user calls for columns. - % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and - % continue for many paragraphs if desired. - \halign\bgroup &% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \multistrut - \vtop{% - % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: - \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname - % - % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other - % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after - % the first one. - % - % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace - % to the width of each template entry. - % - % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will - % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip - % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at - % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. - % - % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. - \rightskip=0pt - \ifnum\colcount=1 - % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. - \advance\hsize by\leftskip - \else - \ifsetpercent \else - % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize - % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. - \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace - \fi - % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: - \leftskip=\multitablecolspace - \fi - % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious - % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the - % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. - % For example: - % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 - % @item @code{#} - % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. - % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively - % marking characters. - \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut - }\cr -} -\def\Emultitable{% - \crcr - \egroup % end the \halign - \global\setpercentfalse -} - -\def\setmultitablespacing{% - \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing - % - % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in - % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on - % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. - % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. -\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt -\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip -\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 -\fi -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. -\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi% -\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi} - - -\message{conditionals,} - -% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, -% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't -% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we -% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't -% attempt to close an environment group. -% -\def\makecond#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax - \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 -} -\makecond{iftex} -\makecond{ifnotdocbook} -\makecond{ifnothtml} -\makecond{ifnotinfo} -\makecond{ifnotplaintext} -\makecond{ifnotxml} - -% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. -% -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} -\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} -\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} -\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} -\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} - -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. -% -% A count to remember the depth of nesting. -\newcount\doignorecount - -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: - \obeylines - \catcode`\@ = \other - \catcode`\{ = \other - \catcode`\} = \other - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \spaceisspace - % - % Count number of #1's that we've seen. - \doignorecount = 0 - % - % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. - \dodoignore{#1}% -} - -{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. - \obeylines % - % - \gdef\dodoignore#1{% - % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. - % - % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. - \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% - \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% - % - % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a - % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for - % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) - \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% - % - % And now expand that command. - \doignoretext ^^M% - }% -} - -\def\doignoreyyy#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. - \let\next\doignoretextzzz - \else % Found a nested condition, ... - \advance\doignorecount by 1 - \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. - % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). - \fi - \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. -} - -% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". -% -\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% - \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. - \let\next\enddoignore - \else % Still inside a nested condition. - \advance\doignorecount by -1 - \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. - \fi - \next -} - -% Finish off ignored text. -{ \obeylines% - % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim - % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional - % would result in a blank line in the output. - \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% -} - - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. -% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. -% -\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{#2}% - \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% - \ifx\temp\empty - \next{}% - \else - \setzzz#2\endsetzzz - \fi - }% -} -% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. -\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\parseargdef\clear{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax - }% -} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} -\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} -{ - \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active - % - \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% - \let\value = \expandablevalue - % We don't want these characters active, ... - \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other - % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if - % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. - % So \let them to their normal equivalents. - \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore - } -} - -% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's -% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). -% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since -% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the -% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain -% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work -% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). -% -\def\expandablevalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {[No value for ``#1'']}% - \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. -% -\makecond{ifset} -\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} -\def\doifset#1#2{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \let\next=\empty - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax - #1% If not set, redefine \next. - \fi - \expandafter - }\next -} -\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the -% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, -% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. -% -\makecond{ifclear} -\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} -\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} - -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory=\comment - -% @defininfoenclose. -\let\definfoenclose=\comment - - -\message{indexing,} -% Index generation facilities - -% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite -% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. -\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} - -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. -% It automatically defines \fooindex such that -% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. -% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. -% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long -% for the sake of vms. -% -\def\newindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file - \fi - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index - \noexpand\doindex{#1}} -} - -% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} -% -\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} - -% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. -% -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} -% -\def\newcodeindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 - \fi - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% - \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% -} - - -% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. -% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -% -% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo -% inside @code. -% -\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} -\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} - -% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), -% #3 the target index (bar). -\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% - % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up - % closing the target index. - \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined - % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the - % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. - \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 - \fi - % redefine \fooindfile: - \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp - % redefine \fooindex: - \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% -} - -% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. -% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is "foo", the name of the index. - -% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. -% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. - -% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} -\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} - -% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} -\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} - -% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. -% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, -% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. -% -\def\indexdummies{% - \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. - \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. - \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% - % - % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. - % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes - % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. - \let\{ = \mylbrace - \let\} = \myrbrace - % - % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is - % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts - % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is, - % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput - % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput - % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that - % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it - % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that - % is still getting written without apparent harm. - % - % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to - % help-texinfo, 22may06): - % @macro funindex {WORD} - % @findex xyz - % @end macro - % ... - % @funindex commtest - % - % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor. - % - % Sample whatsit resulting: - % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}} - % - % So: - \let\endinput = \empty - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies -} - -% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to -% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of -% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @, -% this will be simpler. -% -\def\atdummies{% - \def\@{@@}% - \def\ {@ }% - \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd - \let\} = \rbraceatcmd - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies - \otherbackslash -} - -% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. -% -\def\commondummies{% - % - % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively - % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, - % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for - % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word - % from whatever follows. - % - % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the - % space. - % - % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and - % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then - % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). - % - \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}% - \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% - \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter - % - \commondummiesnofonts - % - \definedummyletter\_% - % - % Non-English letters. - \definedummyword\AA - \definedummyword\AE - \definedummyword\L - \definedummyword\OE - \definedummyword\O - \definedummyword\aa - \definedummyword\ae - \definedummyword\l - \definedummyword\oe - \definedummyword\o - \definedummyword\ss - \definedummyword\exclamdown - \definedummyword\questiondown - \definedummyword\ordf - \definedummyword\ordm - % - % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. - \definedummyword\bf - \definedummyword\gtr - \definedummyword\hat - \definedummyword\less - \definedummyword\sf - \definedummyword\sl - \definedummyword\tclose - \definedummyword\tt - % - \definedummyword\LaTeX - \definedummyword\TeX - % - % Assorted special characters. - \definedummyword\bullet - \definedummyword\comma - \definedummyword\copyright - \definedummyword\registeredsymbol - \definedummyword\dots - \definedummyword\enddots - \definedummyword\equiv - \definedummyword\error - \definedummyword\euro - \definedummyword\guillemetleft - \definedummyword\guillemetright - \definedummyword\guilsinglleft - \definedummyword\guilsinglright - \definedummyword\expansion - \definedummyword\minus - \definedummyword\pounds - \definedummyword\point - \definedummyword\print - \definedummyword\quotedblbase - \definedummyword\quotedblleft - \definedummyword\quotedblright - \definedummyword\quoteleft - \definedummyword\quoteright - \definedummyword\quotesinglbase - \definedummyword\result - \definedummyword\textdegree - % - % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. - \macrolist - % - \normalturnoffactive - % - % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any - % (non-fully-expandable) commands. - \makevalueexpandable -} - -% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. -% -\def\commondummiesnofonts{% - % Control letters and accents. - \definedummyletter\!% - \definedummyaccent\"% - \definedummyaccent\'% - \definedummyletter\*% - \definedummyaccent\,% - \definedummyletter\.% - \definedummyletter\/% - \definedummyletter\:% - \definedummyaccent\=% - \definedummyletter\?% - \definedummyaccent\^% - \definedummyaccent\`% - \definedummyaccent\~% - \definedummyword\u - \definedummyword\v - \definedummyword\H - \definedummyword\dotaccent - \definedummyword\ringaccent - \definedummyword\tieaccent - \definedummyword\ubaraccent - \definedummyword\udotaccent - \definedummyword\dotless - % - % Texinfo font commands. - \definedummyword\b - \definedummyword\i - \definedummyword\r - \definedummyword\sc - \definedummyword\t - % - % Commands that take arguments. - \definedummyword\acronym - \definedummyword\cite - \definedummyword\code - \definedummyword\command - \definedummyword\dfn - \definedummyword\emph - \definedummyword\env - \definedummyword\file - \definedummyword\kbd - \definedummyword\key - \definedummyword\math - \definedummyword\option - \definedummyword\pxref - \definedummyword\ref - \definedummyword\samp - \definedummyword\strong - \definedummyword\tie - \definedummyword\uref - \definedummyword\url - \definedummyword\var - \definedummyword\verb - \definedummyword\w - \definedummyword\xref -} - -% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index -% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all -% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string -% would be for a given command (usually its argument). -% -\def\indexnofonts{% - % Accent commands should become @asis. - \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% - % We can just ignore other control letters. - \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% - % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. - \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent - % - \commondummiesnofonts - % - % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command - % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. - % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. - %\let\tt=\asis - % - \def\ { }% - \def\@{@}% - % how to handle braces? - \def\_{\normalunderscore}% - % - % Non-English letters. - \def\AA{AA}% - \def\AE{AE}% - \def\L{L}% - \def\OE{OE}% - \def\O{O}% - \def\aa{aa}% - \def\ae{ae}% - \def\l{l}% - \def\oe{oe}% - \def\o{o}% - \def\ss{ss}% - \def\exclamdown{!}% - \def\questiondown{?}% - \def\ordf{a}% - \def\ordm{o}% - % - \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% - \def\TeX{TeX}% - % - % Assorted special characters. - % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) - \def\bullet{bullet}% - \def\comma{,}% - \def\copyright{copyright}% - \def\registeredsymbol{R}% - \def\dots{...}% - \def\enddots{...}% - \def\equiv{==}% - \def\error{error}% - \def\euro{euro}% - \def\guillemetleft{<<}% - \def\guillemetright{>>}% - \def\guilsinglleft{<}% - \def\guilsinglright{>}% - \def\expansion{==>}% - \def\minus{-}% - \def\pounds{pounds}% - \def\point{.}% - \def\print{-|}% - \def\quotedblbase{"}% - \def\quotedblleft{"}% - \def\quotedblright{"}% - \def\quoteleft{`}% - \def\quoteright{'}% - \def\quotesinglbase{,}% - \def\result{=>}% - \def\textdegree{degrees}% - % - % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). - % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. - % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up - % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry - % that starts with \. - % - % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them - % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that - % goes to end-of-line is not handled. - % - \macrolist -} - -\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. -\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? - -% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. -% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. -\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} - -% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. -% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- -% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception -% is with most defuns, which call us directly). -% -\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% - \iflinks - {% - % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). - \toks0 = {#2}% - % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. - \def\thirdarg{#3}% - \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else - \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% - \fi - % - \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% - % - \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite - }% - \fi -} - -% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: -% -\def\dosubindwrite{% - % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. - \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else - \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% - \fi - % - % Remember, we are within a group. - \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage - \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now - % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. - % - % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to - % get the string to sort by. - {\indexnofonts - \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion - \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% - }% - % - % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and - % the original text, including any font commands. We write - % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the - % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s - % sorted result. - \edef\temp{% - \write\writeto{% - \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% - }% - \temp -} - -% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: -% -% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it -% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting -% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the -% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that -% sequences like this: -% @end defun -% @tindex whatever -% @defun ... -% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the -% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of -% the previous defun. -% -% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We -% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. -% -% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. -% -% But wait, there is a catch there: -% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not -% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts -% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual -% representation of the skip. -% -% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that -% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). -% -\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} -% -\newskip\whatsitskip -\newcount\whatsitpenalty -% -% ..., ready, GO: -% -\def\safewhatsit#1{% -\ifhmode - #1% -\else - % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. - \whatsitskip = \lastskip - \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% - \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty - % - % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a - % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this - % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a - % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential - % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - \else - \vskip-\whatsitskip - \fi - % - #1% - % - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and - % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want - % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various - % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any - % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: - % - % @deffn deffn-whatever - % @vindex index-whatever - % Description. - % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit - % and the "Description." paragraph. - \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi - \else - % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, - % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item - % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. - \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip - \fi -\fi -} - -% The index entry written in the file actually looks like -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} -% or -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} -% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files -% containing these kinds of lines: -% \initial {c} -% before the first topic whose initial is c -% \entry {topic}{pagelist} -% for a topic that is used without subtopics -% \primary {topic} -% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics -% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} -% for each subtopic. - -% Define the user-accessible indexing commands -% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. - -\def\findex {\fnindex} -\def\kindex {\kyindex} -\def\cindex {\cpindex} -\def\vindex {\vrindex} -\def\tindex {\tpindex} -\def\pindex {\pgindex} - -\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} -{\obeylines % -\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % -\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} - -% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. - -% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. -% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). -% -\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup - \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% - % - \smallfonts \rm - \tolerance = 9500 - \plainfrenchspacing - \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. - % - % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. - % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains - % \initial {@} - % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces - % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). - \catcode`\@ = 11 - \openin 1 \jobname.#1s - \ifeof 1 - % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, - % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the - % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure - % there is some text. - \putwordIndexNonexistent - \else - % - % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof - % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so - % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \temp - \ifeof 1 - \putwordIndexIsEmpty - \else - % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape - % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change - % to make right now. - \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% - \catcode`\\ = 0 - \escapechar = `\\ - \begindoublecolumns - \input \jobname.#1s - \enddoublecolumns - \fi - \fi - \closein 1 -\endgroup} - -% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. -% Change them to control the appearance of the index. - -\def\initial#1{{% - % Some minor font changes for the special characters. - \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt - % - % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. - \removelastskip - % - % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. - \nobreak - \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip - \penalty 0 - \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip - % - % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of - % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column - % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch - % we need before each entry, but it's better. - % - % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. - \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip - \leftline{\secbf #1}% - % Do our best not to break after the initial. - \nobreak - \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip -}} - -% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and -% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index -% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. -% -% A straightforward implementation would start like this: -% \def\entry#1#2{... -% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to -% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- -% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. -% -% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. -% --kasal, 21nov03 -\def\entry{% - \begingroup - % - % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't - % affect previous text. - \par - % - % Do not fill out the last line with white space. - \parfillskip = 0in - % - % No extra space above this paragraph. - \parskip = 0in - % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number - % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the - % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large - % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across - % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. - % - % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start - % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. - \hangindent = 2em - % - % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line - % with blank space. - \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil - % - % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing - % columns. - \vskip 0pt plus1pt - % - % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): - \afterassignment\doentry - \let\temp = -} -\def\doentry{% - \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. - \noindent - \aftergroup\finishentry - % And now comes the text of the entry. -} -\def\finishentry#1{% - % #1 is the page number. - % - % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if - % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be - % cursed by a Unix daemon. - \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}% - \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt - \ % - \else - % - % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out - % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the - % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) - \hfil\penalty50 - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. - % - % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as - % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull - % \hbox ensues. - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#1.% - \ \the\toksA - \else - \ #1% - \fi - \fi - \par - \endgroup -} - -% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. -\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} - -\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} - -\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm -\def\secondary#1#2{{% - \parfillskip=0in - \parskip=0in - \hangindent=1in - \hangafter=1 - \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. - \else - #2 - \fi - \par -}} - -% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. -% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, -% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. -\catcode`\@=11 - -\newbox\partialpage -\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize - -\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns - % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {% - % - % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a - % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output - % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is - % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In - % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal - % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this - % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. - \ifvoid\partialpage \else - \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% - \fi - % - \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% - % Unvbox the main output page. - \unvbox\PAGE - \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip - }% - }% - \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage - % - % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. - \output = {\doublecolumnout}% - % - % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this - % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 - % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple - % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the - % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. - % - % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between - % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it - % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant - % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) - % as it did when we hard-coded it. - % - % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we - % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) - % been clobbered. - % - \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize - \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize - \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - % - % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, - % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \vsize = 2\vsize -} - -% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except -% the last. -% -\def\doublecolumnout{% - \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal - % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the - % previous page. - \dimen@ = \vsize - \divide\dimen@ by 2 - \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage - % - % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \onepageout\pagesofar - \unvbox255 - \penalty\outputpenalty -} -% -% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, -% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. -\def\pagesofar{% - \unvbox\partialpage - % - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize - \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% -} -% -% All done with double columns. -\def\enddoublecolumns{% - % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised - % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the - % following situation: - % - % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. - % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no - % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last - % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not - % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following - % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject - % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output - % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last - % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which - % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with - % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as - % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page - % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the - % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page - % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final - % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after - % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns - % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see - % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. - % - % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the - % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). - \penalty0 - % - \output = {% - % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the - % current page, no automatic page break. - \balancecolumns - % - % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, - % though, there will be another page break right after this \output - % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not - % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal - % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be - % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes - % the output somewhat more palatable.) - \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% - }% - \eject - \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns - % - % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted - % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column - % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the - % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). - \pagegoal = \vsize -} -% -% Called at the end of the double column material. -\def\balancecolumns{% - \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. - \dimen@ = \ht0 - \advance\dimen@ by \topskip - \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to - %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% - \splittopskip = \topskip - % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. - {% - \vbadness = 10000 - \loop - \global\setbox3 = \copy0 - \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ - \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ - \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt - \repeat - }% - %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% - % - \pagesofar -} -\catcode`\@ = \other - - -\message{sectioning,} -% Chapters, sections, etc. - -% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered -% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf -% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter -% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 -% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) -\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 -\newcount\chapno -\newcount\secno \secno=0 -\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 -\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 - -% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... -\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -% -% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} -% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple -% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual -% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. -% -\def\appendixletter{% - \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% - % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is - % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not - % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out - % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. - \else\char\the\appendixno - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} - -% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number -% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use -% these. @section does likewise. -\def\thischapter{} -\def\thischapternum{} -\def\thischaptername{} -\def\thissection{} -\def\thissectionnum{} -\def\thissectionname{} - -\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level -\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count - -% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. -\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} -\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name - -% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. -\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} -\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name - -% we only have subsub. -\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 -% -% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. -% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: -\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel -% -% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: -% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. -\def\chapheadtype{N} - -% Choose a heading macro -% #1 is heading type -% #2 is heading level -% #3 is text for heading -\def\genhead#1#2#3{% - % Compute the abs. sec. level: - \absseclevel=#2 - \advance\absseclevel by \secbase - % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: - \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 - \absseclevel = 0 - \else - \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 - \absseclevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % The heading type: - \def\headtype{#1}% - \if \headtype U% - \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel - \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel - \fi - \else - % Check for appendix sections: - \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 - \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% - \else - \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% - \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% - \fi\fi - \fi - % Check for numbered within unnumbered: - \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel - \def\headtype{U}% - \else - \chardef\unmlevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % Now print the heading: - \if \headtype U% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \unnumberedzzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \if \headtype A% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \appendixzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\absseclevel - \chapterzzz{#3}% - \or \seczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% an interface: -\def\numhead{\genhead N} -\def\apphead{\genhead A} -\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} - -% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset -% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. -% -% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers -% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. -\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty -% -\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz -\def\chapterzzz#1{% - % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such - % as an @include file. - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\chapno by 1 - % - % Used for \float. - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% - % - % Write the actual heading. - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% - % - % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. - \global\let\section = \numberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz -\def\appendixzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\appendixno by 1 - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% - \message{\appendixnum}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% - % - \global\let\section = \appendixsec - \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz -\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 - % - % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. - \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty - \resetallfloatnos - % - % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the - % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX - % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX - % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant - % to be executed, not expanded). - % - % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear - % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use - % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, - % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for - % the toc entries.) - \toks0 = {#1}% - \message{(\the\toks0)}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% - % - \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec -} - -% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. -\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% - % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break - % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. - % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters - \unnmhead0{#1}% - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -} - -% @top is like @unnumbered. -\let\top\unnumbered - -% Sections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz -\def\seczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz -\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% -} -\let\appendixsec\appendixsection - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz -\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% -} - -% Subsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% Subsubsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% - {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% These macros control what the section commands do, according -% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). -% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. -\let\section = \numberedsec -\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec - -% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading - -% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: -% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit -% overlong headings to fold. -% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a -% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. -% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and -% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. - - -\def\majorheading{% - {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% - \parsearg\chapheadingzzz -} - -\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} -\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% - {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}% - \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. -\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} - -% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only -% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), -% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. - -%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) -\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} - -%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it -% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) - -\newskip\chapheadingskip - -\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} -\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} -% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will -% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't -% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. -\def\chapoddpage{% - \chappager - \ifodd\pageno \else - \begingroup - \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% - \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% - \hbox to 0pt{}% - \chappager - \endgroup - \fi -} - -\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} - -\def\CHAPPAGoff{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} - -\def\CHAPPAGon{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} - -\def\CHAPPAGodd{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} - -\CHAPPAGon - -% Chapter opening. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, -% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. -% -% To test against our argument. -\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} -\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} -\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} -% -\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% - % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). - \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs - \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs - \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% - \gdef\thissection{}}% - % - \def\temptype{#2}% - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% - \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% - \gdef\thischapter{}}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - }% - \else - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% - \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - }% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of - % the preceding space. - \safewhatsit\domark - % - % Insert the chapter heading break. - \pchapsepmacro - % - % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points - % between here and the heading. - \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs - \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs - \domark - % - {% - \chapfonts \rm - % - % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the - % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called - % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. - \gdef\lastsection{#1}% - % - % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix - % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unnchap}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry - \def\toctype{omit}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{numchap}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the - % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc - % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. - \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% - % - % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make - % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has - % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the - % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not - % being visible, for instance under high magnification. - \donoderef{#2}% - % - % Typeset the actual heading. - \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe - \unhbox0 #1\par}% - }% - \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title - \nobreak -} - -% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. -\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -\def\centerparameters{% - \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip - \leftskip = \rightskip - \parfillskip = 0pt -} - - -% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not -% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. -% -\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} -% -\def\unnchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts -\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% -\par\penalty 5000 % -} -\def\centerchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt - \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\CHAPFopen{% - \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen - \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} - - -% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and -% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. -% -\newskip\secheadingskip -\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} - -% Subsection titles. -\newskip\subsecheadingskip -\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} - -% Subsubsection titles. -\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} -\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} - - -% Print any size, any type, section title. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is -% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the -% section number. -% -\def\seckeyword{sec} -% -\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% - {% - % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm - % - \def\sectionlevel{#2}% - \def\temptype{#3}% - % - % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). - \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% - \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% - \fi - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - % Don't redefine \thissection. - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: - \noexpand\thissectionname}% - }% - \fi - \else - \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword - \toks0={#1}% - \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% - \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: - \noexpand\thissectionname}% - }% - \fi - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of - % the preceding space. - \safewhatsit\domark - % - % Insert space above the heading. - \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname - % - % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points - % between here and the heading. - \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs - \domark - % - % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unn}% - \gdef\lastsection{#1}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, - % and don't redefine \lastsection. - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{omit}% - \let\sectionlevel=\empty - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - \gdef\lastsection{#1}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{num}% - \gdef\lastsection{#1}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. - \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% - % - % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). - % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. - \donoderef{#3}% - % - % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. - % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be - % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the - % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that - % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the - % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. - \nobreak - % - % Output the actual section heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number - \unhbox0 #1}% - }% - % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. - % Don't allow stretch, though. - \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname - % - % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it - % was followed by glue. - \nobreak - % - % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that - % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a - % discardable item.) - \vskip-\parskip - % - % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > - % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after - % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: - % - % @section sec-whatever - % @deffn def-whatever - \penalty 10001 -} - - -\message{toc,} -% Table of contents. -\newwrite\tocfile - -% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. -% Called from @chapter, etc. -% -% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} -% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional -% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually -% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the -% destination to jump to. -% -% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or -% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. -% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the -% table of contents chapter openings themselves. -% -\newif\iftocfileopened -\def\omitkeyword{omit}% -% -\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% - \edef\writetoctype{#1}% - \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else - \iftocfileopened\else - \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc - \global\tocfileopenedtrue - \fi - % - \iflinks - {\atdummies - \edef\temp{% - \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% - \temp - }% - \fi - \fi - % - % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're - % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't - % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered - % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first - % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named - % `1', and two named `2'. - \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi -} - - -% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman -% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant -% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. -% -\def\activecatcodes{% - \catcode`\"=\active - \catcode`\$=\active - \catcode`\<=\active - \catcode`\>=\active - \catcode`\\=\active - \catcode`\^=\active - \catcode`\_=\active - \catcode`\|=\active - \catcode`\~=\active -} - - -% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. -\def\readtocfile{% - \setupdatafile - \activecatcodes - \input \tocreadfilename -} - -\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in -\newcount\savepageno -\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 - -% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. -% -\def\startcontents#1{% - % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should - % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain - % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. - % From: Torbjorn Granlund <[email protected]> - \contentsalignmacro - \immediate\closeout\tocfile - % - % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. - % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% - % - \savepageno = \pageno - \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. - \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. - % - % Roman numerals for page numbers. - \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi -} - -% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on -% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. -% -\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} - -% Normal (long) toc. -% -\def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% - \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space - \ifeof 1 \else - \readtocfile - \fi - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \ifeof 1 \else - \pdfmakeoutlines - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno -} - -% And just the chapters. -\def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% - % - \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry - \let\appentry = \shortchapentry - \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry - % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. - \secfonts - \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf - \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt - \rm - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} - \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space - \ifeof 1 \else - \readtocfile - \fi - \closein 1 - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno -} -\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents - -% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. -% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. -% -\def\shortchaplabel#1{% - % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the - % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. - % But use \hss just in case. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) - % - % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange - % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and - % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 - % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters - % there are before deciding ... - \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% -} - -% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. -% The first argument is the chapter or section name. -% The last argument is the page number. -% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... - -% Chapters, in the main contents. -\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -% -% Chapters, in the short toc. -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. -\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% -} - -% Appendices, in the main contents. -% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. -% -\def\appendixbox#1{% - % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% - \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} -% -\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} - -% Unnumbered chapters. -\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} -\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} - -% Sections. -\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry -\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% Subsections. -\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% And subsubsections. -\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. -% Same as \defaultparindent. -\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt - -% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the -% page number. -% -% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters -% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. -\def\dochapentry#1#2{% - \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip - \begingroup - \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% - \endgroup - \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip -} - -\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. -\let\tocentry = \entry - -% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. -\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} - -\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} -\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} - -\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} -\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} - - -\message{environments,} -% @foo ... @end foo. - -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. -% -% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% -\def\point{$\star$} -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% The @error{} command. -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -% -\newbox\errorbox -% -{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt} -% -\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{% - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} -% -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. -% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. - -\envdef\tex{% - \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 - \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 - \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie - \catcode `\%=14 - \catcode `\+=\other - \catcode `\"=\other - \catcode `\|=\other - \catcode `\<=\other - \catcode `\>=\other - \escapechar=`\\ - % - \let\b=\ptexb - \let\bullet=\ptexbullet - \let\c=\ptexc - \let\,=\ptexcomma - \let\.=\ptexdot - \let\dots=\ptexdots - \let\equiv=\ptexequiv - \let\!=\ptexexclam - \let\i=\ptexi - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \let\{=\ptexlbrace - \let\+=\tabalign - \let\}=\ptexrbrace - \let\/=\ptexslash - \let\*=\ptexstar - \let\t=\ptext - \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing - % - \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% - \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% - \def\@{@}% -} -% There is no need to define \Etex. - -% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. -% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, -% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). - -% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. -\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in - -% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other -% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't -% have any width. -\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} - -% This space is always present above and below environments. -\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt - -% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here -% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip -% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the -% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. -% -\def\aboveenvbreak{{% - % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and - % \sectionheading, q.v. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else - \advance\envskipamount by \parskip - \endgraf - \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount - \removelastskip - % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak - % or better ... - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi - \vskip\envskipamount - \fi - \fi -}} - -\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak - -% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will -% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. -\let\nonarrowing=\relax - -% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around -% environment contents. -\font\circle=lcircle10 -\newdimen\circthick -\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner -\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip -\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle -% -\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth -\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} -\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} -\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} -\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr - \hskip\rskip}} -\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr - \hskip\rskip}} -% -\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip - -\envdef\cartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. - \startsavinginserts - \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip - \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. - \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip - \advance\cartinner by-\rskip - \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either - % side, and for 6pt waste from - % each corner char, and rule thickness - \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt - \carttop - \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \kern3pt - \hsize=\cartinner - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip - \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. -} -\def\Ecartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi - \kern3pt - \egroup - \kern3pt\vrule - \hskip\rskip - \egroup - \cartbot - \egroup - \checkinserts -} - - -% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, -% inside a group. -\def\nonfillstart{% - \aboveenvbreak - \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy - \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. - \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines - \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output - \parskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi - \let\exdent=\nofillexdent -} - -% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. -% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. -% This affects the following displayed environments: -% @example, @display, @format, @lisp -% -\def\smallword{small} -\def\nosmallword{nosmall} -\let\SETdispenvsize\relax -\def\setnormaldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword - % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank - % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but - % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient - % to change the fonts afterward. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} -\def\setsmalldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword - \else - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} - -% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. -% Let's do it by one command: -\def\makedispenv #1#2{ - \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} - \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak - \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak -} - -% Define two synonyms: -\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ - \makedispenv{#1}{#3} - \makedispenv{#2}{#3} -} - -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. -% -% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. -% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. -% -\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% - \nonfillstart - \tt\quoteexpand - \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \gobble % eat return -} -% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. -% -\makedispenv {display}{% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. -% -\makedispenv{format}{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. -\envdef\flushleft{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak - -% @flushright. -% -\envdef\flushright{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak - - -% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) -% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since -% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and -% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. -% -\envdef\quotation{% - {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \parindent=0pt - % - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi - \parsearg\quotationlabel -} - -% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're -% doing normal filling. -% -\def\Equotation{% - \par - \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else - % indent a bit. - \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% - \fi - {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% -} - -% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. -\def\quotationlabel#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - {\bf #1: }% - \fi -} - - -% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>} -% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, -% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: -% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. [email protected] -% -% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. -% -% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets -% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a -% verbatim line. -\def\dospecials{% - \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% - \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% - \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% -} -% -% [Knuth] p. 380 -\def\uncatcodespecials{% - \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} -% -% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 -% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font -\begingroup - \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} -\endgroup -% -% Setup for the @verb command. -% -% Eight spaces for a tab -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} -\endgroup -% -\def\setupverb{% - \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active - \tabeightspaces - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces -} - -% Setup for the @verbatim environment -% -% Real tab expansion -\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount -% -\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} - -% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right -% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote -% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it -% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least -% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the -% regular 0x27. -% -\def\codequoteright{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax - '% - \else \char'15 \fi - \else \char'15 \fi -} -% -% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. -% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like -% the code environments to do likewise. -% -\def\codequoteleft{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax - `% - \else \char'22 \fi - \else \char'22 \fi -} -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabexpand{% - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup - \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab - \divide\dimen0 by\tabw - \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw - \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw - \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox - }% - } - \catcode`\'=\active - \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}% - % - \catcode`\`=\active - \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}% - % - \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}% -\endgroup - -% start the verbatim environment. -\def\setupverbatim{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \tt - \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active - \tabexpand - \quoteexpand - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces - \everypar{\starttabbox}% -} - -% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique -% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a -% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: -% -% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1} -% -% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} -\begingroup - \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other - \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] -\endgroup -% -\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} -% -% -% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that -% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: -% -% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} -% -% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, -% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': -% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. -% -% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\ =\active - \obeylines % - % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end - % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank - % line in the output. - \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% - % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but - % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. -\endgroup -% -\envdef\verbatim{% - \setupverbatim\doverbatim -} -\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak - - -% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. -% -\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} -% -\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \setupverbatim - \input #1 - \afterenvbreak - }% -} - -% @copying ... @end copying. -% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. -% -% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. -% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the -% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done -% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source -% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as -% possible is very desirable. -% -\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} -\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} -% -\def\insertcopying{% - \begingroup - \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page - \scanexp\copyingtext - \endgroup -} - - -\message{defuns,} -% @defun etc. - -\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in -\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt -\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt -\newcount\defunpenalty - -% Start the processing of @deffn: -\def\startdefun{% - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 - \medbreak - \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the - % following @def command, see below. - \else - % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, - % which is there to keep the function description together with its - % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a - % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted - % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning - % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow - % a break between a section heading and a defun. - % - % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling - % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the - % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following - % @def command. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi - % - % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. - % But do insert the glue. - \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint - \fi - % - \parindent=0in - \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent -} - -\def\dodefunx#1{% - % First, check whether we are in the right environment: - \checkenv#1% - % - % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. - % It's not a great place, though. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi - % - % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: - \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% -} -\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} - -% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} -% -\def\printdefunline#1#2{% - \begingroup - % call \deffnheader: - #1#2 \endheader - % common ending: - \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil - \endgraf - \nobreak\vskip -\parskip - \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx - % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, - % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. - \checkparencounts - \endgroup -} - -\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} - -% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; -% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. -% -\def\makedefun#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun - \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun - \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% - \temp -} - -% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader -% -% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. -% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. -% -\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% - \envdef#1{% - \startdefun - \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% - }% - \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% - \def#3% -} - -%%% Untyped functions: - -% @deffn category name args -\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} - -% @deffn category class name args -\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \defopon {category on}class name args -\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args -% -\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% - % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% -} - -%%% Typed functions: - -% @deftypefn category type name args -\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} - -% @deftypeop category class type name args -\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args -\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args -% -\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -%%% Typed variables: - -% @deftypevr category type var args -\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} - -% @deftypecv category class type var args -\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args -\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args -% -\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -%%% Untyped variables: - -% @defvr category var args -\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } - -% @defcv category class var args -\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \defcvof {category of}class var args -\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } - -%%% Type: -% @deftp category name args -\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% - \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% - \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% -} - -% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: -\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } -\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } -\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } -\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} -\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} - -% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). -% #1 is the category, such as "Function". -% #2 is the return type, if any. -% #3 is the function name. -% -% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. -% -\def\defname#1#2#3{% - % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... - \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent - % - % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps - % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line - % just below it. - \def\temp{#1}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} - % - % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. - % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, - % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: - \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip - % The continuations: - \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent - % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) - \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 - % - % Put the type name to the right margin. - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize - % \hsize has to be shortened this way: - \kern\leftskip - % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. - }% - % - % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: - \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent - {% - % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: - % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. - % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's - % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in - % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. - % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. - % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no - % one has made identifiers using them :). - \df \tt - \def\temp{#2}% return value type - \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi - #3% output function name - }% - {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm - % - \boldbrax - % arguments will be output next, if any. -} - -% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using -% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in -% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very -% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. -% -\def\defunargs#1{% - % use sl by default (not ttsl), - % tt for the names. - \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 - % - % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we - % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. - \let\var=\ttslanted - #1% - \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 -} - -% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. -% -\def\activeparens{% - \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active - \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active - \catcode`\&=\active -} - -% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. -\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) - -% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, -% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, -% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. -{ - \activeparens - \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen - \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - \global\let& = \& - - \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} - \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} -} - -\newcount\parencount - -% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards -\newif\ifampseen -\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} - -\def\parenfont{% - \ifampseen - % At the first level, print parens in roman, - % otherwise use the default font. - \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi - \else - % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than - % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . - \sf - \fi -} -\def\infirstlevel#1{% - \ifampseen - \ifnum\parencount=1 - #1% - \fi - \fi -} -\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} - -\def\opnr{% - \global\advance\parencount by 1 - {\parenfont(}% - \infirstlevel \bfafterword -} -\def\clnr{% - {\parenfont)}% - \infirstlevel \sl - \global\advance\parencount by -1 -} - -\newcount\brackcount -\def\lbrb{% - \global\advance\brackcount by 1 - {\bf[}% -} -\def\rbrb{% - {\bf]}% - \global\advance\brackcount by -1 -} - -\def\checkparencounts{% - \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi - \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi -} -% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually -% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). -\def\badparencount{% - \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% - \global\parencount=0 -} -\def\badbrackcount{% - \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% - \global\brackcount=0 -} - - -\message{macros,} -% @macro. - -% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, -% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. -\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined - \newwrite\macscribble - \def\scantokens#1{% - \toks0={#1}% - \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp - \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% - \immediate\closeout\macscribble - \input \jobname.tmp - } -\fi - -\def\scanmacro#1{% - \begingroup - \newlinechar`\^^M - \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces - % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex - % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active - % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had - % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears - % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 - \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ - % ... and \example - \spaceisspace - % - % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. - % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX - % --kasal, 29nov03 - \scantokens{#1\endinput}% - \endgroup -} - -\def\scanexp#1{% - \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% - \temp -} - -\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters -\newtoks\macname % Macro name -\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? - -% List of all defined macros in the form -% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2... -% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split -% if there is a need. -\def\macrolist{} - -% Add the macro to \macrolist -\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} -\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}% - \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% -} - -% Utility routines. -% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, -% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname -% (except of course we have to play expansion games). -% -\def\cslet#1#2{% - \expandafter\let - \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname#2\endcsname -} - -% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. -% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} -\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} -\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} -\def\unbrace#1{#1} -\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} -} - -% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% -\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% -\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% -\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% -} - -% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where -% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active -% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. - -% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate -% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to -% confine the change to the current group. - -% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro -% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. - -\def\scanctxt{% - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\+=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\~=\other - \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi -} - -\def\scanargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other -} - -\def\macrobodyctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\{=\other - \catcode`\}=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other - \usembodybackslash -} - -\def\macroargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other -} - -% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. -% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N -% where N is the macro parameter number. -% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so -% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. - -{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active - @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} - @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} -} -\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} - -\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} -\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} - -\def\macroxxx#1{% - \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist - \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments - \paramno=0% - \else - \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% - \fi - \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname - \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% - \else - \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax - \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi - \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% - \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% - \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% - \fi - \begingroup \macrobodyctxt - \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody - \else \expandafter\parsemacbody - \fi} - -\parseargdef\unmacro{% - \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname - \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% - \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% - % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: - \begingroup - \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax - \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo - \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% - \endgroup - \else - \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% - \fi -} - -% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any -% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. -% -\def\unmacrodo#1{% - \ifx #1\relax - % remove this - \else - \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1% - \fi -} - -% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a -% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by -% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. -\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} -\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} -\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} -\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} - -% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist -% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah -% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. -% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). - -% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. -% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something -% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine -% it to # just before using the token list produced. -% -% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before -% the macro is used. - -\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% - \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} -\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next=\relax - \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx - \advance\paramno by 1% - \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname - {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% - \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% - \fi\next} - -% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. -% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) - -\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% -\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% - -% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and -% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. -% Much magic with \expandafter here. -% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file -% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. -\def\defmacro{% - \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars - \ifrecursive - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \fi - \fi} - -\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} - -% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a -% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole -% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence -% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) -\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} -\def\braceorlinexxx{% - \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else - \expandafter\parsearg - \fi \macnamexxx} - - -% @alias. -% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal -% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. -\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} -\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} -\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% - {% - \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty - \addtomacrolist{#1}% - \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% - }% - \next -} - - -\message{cross references,} - -\newwrite\auxfile -\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. -\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. - -% @inforef is relatively simple. -\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, - node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} - -% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in -% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and -% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: -% @node foo , bar , ... -% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. -% -\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} -% -% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: -% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs -\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} -\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} - -\let\nwnode=\node -\let\lastnode=\empty - -% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the -% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). -% -\def\donoderef#1{% - \ifx\lastnode\empty\else - \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% - \global\let\lastnode=\empty - \fi -} - -% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. -% -\newcount\savesfregister -% -\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} -\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} -\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} - -% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an -% anchor), which consists of three parts: -% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection, -% or the anchor name. -% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or -% empty for anchors. -% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. -% -% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of -% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: -% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. -% -\def\setref#1#2{% - \pdfmkdest{#1}% - \iflinks - {% - \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them - \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% - \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef - ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef - }% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}% - \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% - \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. - \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout - }% - \fi -} - -% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is -% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed -% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed -% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. -% -\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% - \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt - % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax - % Use the node name inside the square brackets. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside - % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - \ifhavexrefs - % We know the real title if we have the xref values. - \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% - \else - % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \fi% - \fi - \fi - \fi - % - % Make link in pdf output. - \ifpdf - \leavevmode - \getfilename{#4}% - {\indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% - % - \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% - \else - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% - \fi - }% - \setcolor{\linkcolor}% - \fi - % - % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" - % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the - % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. - {% - % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to - % include an _ in the xref name, etc. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle - \csname XR#1-title\endcsname - }% - \iffloat\Xthisreftitle - % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, - % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". - \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt - \refx{#1-snt}{}% - \else - \printedrefname - \fi - % - % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append - % "in MANUALNAME". - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \fi - \else - % node/anchor (non-float) references. - % - % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not - % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will - % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this - % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it - % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \else - % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the - % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand - % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of - % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the - % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. - {\turnoffactive - % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for - % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi - }% - % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. - \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname - % - % But we always want a comma and a space: - ,\space - % - % output the `page 3'. - \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref -% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, -% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly -% one that Bob is working on :). -% -\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} - -% Things referred to by \setref. -% -\def\Ynothing{} -\def\Yomitfromtoc{} -\def\Ynumbered{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\Yappendix{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie - @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} - -% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. -% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. -% -\def\refx#1#2{% - {% - \indexnofonts - \otherbackslash - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX - \csname XR#1\endcsname - }% - \ifx\thisrefX\relax - % If not defined, say something at least. - \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright - \iflinks - \ifhavexrefs - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% - \else - \ifwarnedxrefs\else - \global\warnedxrefstrue - \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \else - % It's defined, so just use it. - \thisrefX - \fi - #2% Output the suffix in any case. -} - -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's -% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid -% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. -% -\def\xrdef#1#2{% - {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current - % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these - % mess up the control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% - }% - % - \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref - % - % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? - \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname - % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. - \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist - \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname - % - % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? - \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax - \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do - \else - % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. - \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% - \fi - % - % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, - % for later use in \listoffloats. - \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 - {\safexrefname}}% - \fi -} - -% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. -% -\def\tryauxfile{% - \openin 1 \jobname.aux - \ifeof 1 \else - \readdatafile{aux}% - \global\havexrefstrue - \fi - \closein 1 -} - -\def\setupdatafile{% - \catcode`\^^@=\other - \catcode`\^^A=\other - \catcode`\^^B=\other - \catcode`\^^C=\other - \catcode`\^^D=\other - \catcode`\^^E=\other - \catcode`\^^F=\other - \catcode`\^^G=\other - \catcode`\^^H=\other - \catcode`\^^K=\other - \catcode`\^^L=\other - \catcode`\^^N=\other - \catcode`\^^P=\other - \catcode`\^^Q=\other - \catcode`\^^R=\other - \catcode`\^^S=\other - \catcode`\^^T=\other - \catcode`\^^U=\other - \catcode`\^^V=\other - \catcode`\^^W=\other - \catcode`\^^X=\other - \catcode`\^^Z=\other - \catcode`\^^[=\other - \catcode`\^^\=\other - \catcode`\^^]=\other - \catcode`\^^^=\other - \catcode`\^^_=\other - % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. - % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't - % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, - % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ - % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat - % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first - % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could - % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. - % - % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: - % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter - % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. - % - \catcode`\^=\other - % - % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... - \catcode`\~=\other - \catcode`\[=\other - \catcode`\]=\other - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\$=\other - \catcode`\#=\other - \catcode`\&=\other - \catcode`\%=\other - \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off - % - % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ - % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than - % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ - % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* - % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that - % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for - % now. --karl, 15jan04. - \catcode`\\=\other - % - % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. - {% - \count1=128 - \def\loop{% - \catcode\count1=\other - \advance\count1 by 1 - \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi - }% - }% - % - % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. - \catcode`\{=1 - \catcode`\}=2 - \catcode`\@=0 -} - -\def\readdatafile#1{% -\begingroup - \setupdatafile - \input\jobname.#1 -\endgroup} - - -\message{insertions,} -% including footnotes. - -\newcount \footnoteno - -% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is -% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a -% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is -% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a -% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) -\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } - -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. -\let\footnotestyle=\comment - -{\catcode `\@=11 -% -% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. -\gdef\footnote{% - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne - \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% - % - % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the - % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. - \let\@sf\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi - % - % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. - \unskip - \thisfootno\@sf - \dofootnote -}% - -% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the -% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. -% -% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses -% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when -% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. -% -\gdef\dofootnote{% - \insert\footins\bgroup - % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the - % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. - % So reset some parameters. - \hsize=\pagewidth - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip - \parindent\defaultparindent - % - \smallfonts \rm - % - % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears - % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use - % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote - % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). - \let\noindent = \relax - % - % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the - % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. - \everypar = {\hang}% - \textindent{\thisfootno}% - % - % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this - % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it - % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. - \footstrut - \futurelet\next\fo@t -} -}%end \catcode `\@=11 - -% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create -% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion -% would be lost. -% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote -% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. -% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. - -% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. -% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled -% out prematurely. -% -\def\startsavinginserts{% - \ifx \insert\ptexinsert - \let\insert\saveinsert - \else - \let\checkinserts\relax - \fi -} - -% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and -% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. -% -\def\saveinsert#1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% - \afterassignment\next - % swallow the left brace - \let\temp = -} -\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} -\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} - -\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} - -\def\placesaveins#1{% - \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname - {\box#1}% -} - -% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: -{ - \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) - \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} -} - -% initialization: -\def\newsaveins #1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% - \next -} -\def\newsaveinsX #1{% - \csname newbox\endcsname #1% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts - \checksaveins #1}% -} - -% initialize: -\let\checkinserts\empty -\newsaveins\footins -\newsaveins\margin - - -% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. -% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. -% -% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image -% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get -% undone and the next image would fail. -\openin 1 = epsf.tex -\ifeof 1 \else - % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in - % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). - \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% - \input epsf.tex -\fi -\closein 1 -% -% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. -\newif\ifwarnednoepsf -\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to - work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get - it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} -% -\def\image#1{% - \ifx\epsfbox\undefined - \ifwarnednoepsf \else - \errhelp = \noepsfhelp - \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% - \global\warnednoepsftrue - \fi - \else - \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish - \fi -} -% -% Arguments to @image: -% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. -% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. -% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. -% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. -% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. -\newif\ifimagevmode -\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup - \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example - \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names - % If the image is by itself, center it. - \ifvmode - \imagevmodetrue - \nobreak\bigskip - % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert - % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space - % above and below. - \nobreak\vskip\parskip - \nobreak - \line\bgroup - \fi - % - % Output the image. - \ifpdf - \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \else - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi - \epsfbox{#1.eps}% - \fi - % - \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image -\endgroup} - - -% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, -% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the -% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. -% -\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} - -% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. -\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} - -% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically -% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, -% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. -% -% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to -% be referable. -% -% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It -% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). -% -% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each -% chapter-level command. -\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty -% -\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% - \let\thiscaption=\empty - \let\thisshortcaption=\empty - % - % don't lose footnotes inside @float. - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an - % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \startsavinginserts - % - % We can't be used inside a paragraph. - \par - % - \vtop\bgroup - \def\floattype{#1}% - \def\floatlabel{#2}% - \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. - % - \ifx\floattype\empty - \let\safefloattype=\empty - \else - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - \fi - % - % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, - % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) - % - \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname - \global\advance\floatno by 1 - % - {% - % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the - % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float - % labels (which have a completely different output format) from - % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the - % lists of floats. - % - \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% - \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% - }% - \fi - % - % start with \parskip glue, I guess. - \vskip\parskip - % - % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. - \restorefirstparagraphindent -} - -% we have these possibilities: -% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap -% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 -% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap -% @float Foo & no caption: Foo -% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap -% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 -% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap -% @float & no caption: -% -\def\Efloat{% - \let\floatident = \empty - % - % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. - \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi - % - % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% - \fi - % the number. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - \fi - % - % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in - % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. - \let\captionline = \floatident - % - \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else - \ifx\floatident\empty \else - \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between - \fi - % - % caption text. - \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% - \fi - % - % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. - % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. - \ifx\captionline\empty \else - \vskip.5\parskip - \captionline - % - % Space below caption. - \vskip\parskip - \fi - % - % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this - % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as - % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short - % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. - {% - \atdummies - % - % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M - % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so - % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. - \scanexp{% - \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% - \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty - \thiscaption - \else - \thisshortcaption - \fi - }% - }% - \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident - \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% - }% - \fi - \egroup % end of \vtop - % - % place the captured inserts - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning - % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly - % float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \checkinserts -} - -% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. -% -\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% - \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% -} - -% @caption, @shortcaption -% -\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} -\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} -\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} -\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} - -% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are -% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. -\def\getfloatno#1{% - \ifx#1\relax - % Haven't seen this figure type before. - \csname newcount\endcsname #1% - % - % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. - \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos - \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% - \fi - \let\floatno#1% -} - -% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref -% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we -% first read the @float command. -% -\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - -% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can -% distinguish floats from other xref types. -\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} - -% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional -% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic -% \lastsection value which we \setref above. -% -\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} -% -% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the -% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. -% -\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \def\iffloattype{#2}% - \ifx\temp\floatmagic -} - -% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. -% -\parseargdef\listoffloats{% - \def\floattype{#1}% floattype - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - % - % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. - \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax - \ifhavexrefs - % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. - \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% - \fi - \else - \begingroup - \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc - \let\do=\listoffloatsdo - \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the -% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the -% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which -% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. -% -% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since -% they won't appear in the aux file). -% -\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} -\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% - % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just - % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the - % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link - % in pdf output. - \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% - % - % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. - \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% - \writeentry -}} - - -\message{localization,} - -% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after -% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything -% properly. Single argument is the language (de) or locale (de_DE) -% abbreviation. It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file. -% -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - \globaldefs=1 -\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup - \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames - \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. - % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. - \openin 1 txi-#1.tex - \ifeof 1 - \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}% - \else - \input txi-#1.tex - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup -\endgroup} -} -% -% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, -% try txi-de.tex. -% -\def\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% - \openin 1 txi-#1.tex - \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nolanghelp - \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% - \else - \input txi-#1.tex - \fi - \closein 1 -} -% -\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or -is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory -should work if nowhere else does.} - -% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. -% -\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% - \count255=128 - \loop\ifnum\count255<256 - \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax - \advance\count255 by 1 - \repeat -} - -\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% - \count255=128 - \loop\ifnum\count255<256 - \catcode\count255=#1\relax - \advance\count255 by 1 - \repeat -} - -% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters -% according to the specified encoding. -% -\parseargdef\documentencoding{% - % Encoding being declared for the document. - \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% - % - % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able - % to compare them with \ifx. - \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% - \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% - \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% - \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% - \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% - % - \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii - \asciichardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \lattwochardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \latonechardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \latninechardefs - % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight - \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \utfeightchardefs - % - \else - \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}% - % - \fi % utfeight - \fi % latnine - \fi % latone - \fi % lattwo - \fi % ascii -} - -% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available -% the default font encoding (OT1). -% -\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}} - -% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. -\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} - -% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be -% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of -% macros containing the character definitions. -\setnonasciicharscatcode\active -% -% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. -\def\latonechardefs{% - \gdef^^a0{~} - \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown} - \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} - \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}} - \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} - \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}} - \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}} - \gdef^^a7{\S} - \gdef^^a8{\"{}} - \gdef^^a9{\copyright} - \gdef^^aa{\ordf} - \gdef^^ab{\missingcharmsg{LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} - \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$} - \gdef^^ad{\-} - \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} - \gdef^^af{\={}} - % - \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} - \gdef^^b1{$\pm$} - \gdef^^b2{$^2$} - \gdef^^b3{$^3$} - \gdef^^b4{\'{}} - \gdef^^b5{$\mu$} - \gdef^^b6{\P} - % - \gdef^^b7{$^.$} - \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } - \gdef^^b9{$^1$} - \gdef^^ba{\ordm} - % - \gdef^^bb{\missingcharmsg{RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} - \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$} - \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$} - \gdef^^be{$3\over4$} - \gdef^^bf{\questiondown} - % - \gdef^^c0{\`A} - \gdef^^c1{\'A} - \gdef^^c2{\^A} - \gdef^^c3{\~A} - \gdef^^c4{\"A} - \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} - \gdef^^c6{\AE} - \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} - \gdef^^c8{\`E} - \gdef^^c9{\'E} - \gdef^^ca{\^E} - \gdef^^cb{\"E} - \gdef^^cc{\`I} - \gdef^^cd{\'I} - \gdef^^ce{\^I} - \gdef^^cf{\"I} - % - \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH}} - \gdef^^d1{\~N} - \gdef^^d2{\`O} - \gdef^^d3{\'O} - \gdef^^d4{\^O} - \gdef^^d5{\~O} - \gdef^^d6{\"O} - \gdef^^d7{$\times$} - \gdef^^d8{\O} - \gdef^^d9{\`U} - \gdef^^da{\'U} - \gdef^^db{\^U} - \gdef^^dc{\"U} - \gdef^^dd{\'Y} - \gdef^^de{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN}} - \gdef^^df{\ss} - % - \gdef^^e0{\`a} - \gdef^^e1{\'a} - \gdef^^e2{\^a} - \gdef^^e3{\~a} - \gdef^^e4{\"a} - \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a} - \gdef^^e6{\ae} - \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} - \gdef^^e8{\`e} - \gdef^^e9{\'e} - \gdef^^ea{\^e} - \gdef^^eb{\"e} - \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} - \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} - \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} - \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} - % - \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH}} - \gdef^^f1{\~n} - \gdef^^f2{\`o} - \gdef^^f3{\'o} - \gdef^^f4{\^o} - \gdef^^f5{\~o} - \gdef^^f6{\"o} - \gdef^^f7{$\div$} - \gdef^^f8{\o} - \gdef^^f9{\`u} - \gdef^^fa{\'u} - \gdef^^fb{\^u} - \gdef^^fc{\"u} - \gdef^^fd{\'y} - \gdef^^fe{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN}} - \gdef^^ff{\"y} -} - -% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. -\def\latninechardefs{% - % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. - \latonechardefs - % - \gdef^^a4{\euro} - \gdef^^a6{\v S} - \gdef^^a8{\v s} - \gdef^^b4{\v Z} - \gdef^^b8{\v z} - \gdef^^bc{\OE} - \gdef^^bd{\oe} - \gdef^^be{\"Y} -} - -% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. -\def\lattwochardefs{% - \gdef^^a0{~} - \gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}} - \gdef^^a2{\u{}} - \gdef^^a3{\L} - \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} - \gdef^^a5{\v L} - \gdef^^a6{\'S} - \gdef^^a7{\S} - \gdef^^a8{\"{}} - \gdef^^a9{\v S} - \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S} - \gdef^^ab{\v T} - \gdef^^ac{\'Z} - \gdef^^ad{\-} - \gdef^^ae{\v Z} - \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z} - % - \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} - \gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}} - \gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}} - \gdef^^b3{\l} - \gdef^^b4{\'{}} - \gdef^^b5{\v l} - \gdef^^b6{\'s} - \gdef^^b7{\v{}} - \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } - \gdef^^b9{\v s} - \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s} - \gdef^^bb{\v t} - \gdef^^bc{\'z} - \gdef^^bd{\H{}} - \gdef^^be{\v z} - \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z} - % - \gdef^^c0{\'R} - \gdef^^c1{\'A} - \gdef^^c2{\^A} - \gdef^^c3{\u A} - \gdef^^c4{\"A} - \gdef^^c5{\'L} - \gdef^^c6{\'C} - \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} - \gdef^^c8{\v C} - \gdef^^c9{\'E} - \gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}} - \gdef^^cb{\"E} - \gdef^^cc{\v E} - \gdef^^cd{\'I} - \gdef^^ce{\^I} - \gdef^^cf{\v D} - % - \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE}} - \gdef^^d1{\'N} - \gdef^^d2{\v N} - \gdef^^d3{\'O} - \gdef^^d4{\^O} - \gdef^^d5{\H O} - \gdef^^d6{\"O} - \gdef^^d7{$\times$} - \gdef^^d8{\v R} - \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} - \gdef^^da{\'U} - \gdef^^db{\H U} - \gdef^^dc{\"U} - \gdef^^dd{\'Y} - \gdef^^de{\cedilla T} - \gdef^^df{\ss} - % - \gdef^^e0{\'r} - \gdef^^e1{\'a} - \gdef^^e2{\^a} - \gdef^^e3{\u a} - \gdef^^e4{\"a} - \gdef^^e5{\'l} - \gdef^^e6{\'c} - \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} - \gdef^^e8{\v c} - \gdef^^e9{\'e} - \gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}} - \gdef^^eb{\"e} - \gdef^^ec{\v e} - \gdef^^ed{\'\i} - \gdef^^ee{\^\i} - \gdef^^ef{\v d} - % - \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE}} - \gdef^^f1{\'n} - \gdef^^f2{\v n} - \gdef^^f3{\'o} - \gdef^^f4{\^o} - \gdef^^f5{\H o} - \gdef^^f6{\"o} - \gdef^^f7{$\div$} - \gdef^^f8{\v r} - \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u} - \gdef^^fa{\'u} - \gdef^^fb{\H u} - \gdef^^fc{\"u} - \gdef^^fd{\'y} - \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t} - \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}} -} - -% UTF-8 character definitions. -% -% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some -% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by -% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. -% -\newcount\countUTFx -\newcount\countUTFy -\newcount\countUTFz - -\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter - \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} -% -\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter - \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} -% -\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter - \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} - -\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% - \ifx #1\relax - \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% - \else - \expandafter #1% - \fi -} - -\begingroup - \catcode`\~13 - \catcode`\"12 - - \def\UTFviiiLoop{% - \global\catcode\countUTFx\active - \uccode`\~\countUTFx - \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% - \advance\countUTFx by 1 - \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy - \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop - \fi} - - \countUTFx = "C2 - \countUTFy = "E0 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}} - \UTFviiiLoop - - \countUTFx = "E0 - \countUTFy = "F0 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}} - \UTFviiiLoop - - \countUTFx = "F0 - \countUTFy = "F4 - \def\UTFviiiTmp{% - \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}} - \UTFviiiLoop -\endgroup - -\begingroup - \catcode`\"=12 - \catcode`\<=12 - \catcode`\.=12 - \catcode`\,=12 - \catcode`\;=12 - \catcode`\!=12 - \catcode`\~=13 - - \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{% - \countUTFz = "#1\relax - \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% - \begingroup - \parseXMLCharref - \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{% - \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}% - \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{% - \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}% - \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{% - \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}% - \endgroup} - - \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% - \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% - \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax - \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,% - \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax - \parseUTFviiiA;% - \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}% - \else - \parseUTFviiiA;% - \parseUTFviiiA,% - \parseUTFviiiA!% - \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}% - \fi\fi\fi - } - - \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% - \countUTFx = \countUTFz - \divide\countUTFz by 64 - \countUTFy = \countUTFz - \multiply\countUTFz by 64 - \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz - \advance\countUTFx by 128 - \uccode `#1\countUTFx - \countUTFz = \countUTFy} - - \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% - \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax - \uccode `#3\countUTFz - \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} -\endgroup - -\def\utfeightchardefs{% - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result} - - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv} -}% end of \utfeightchardefs - - -% US-ASCII character definitions. -\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done - \relax -} - -% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with -% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a -% document encoding. -% -\setnonasciicharscatcode \other - - -\message{formatting,} - -\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt - -\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt -\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt -\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt - -% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. -\vbadness = 10000 - -% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. -\hbadness = 2000 - -% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. -\widowpenalty=10000 -\clubpenalty=10000 - -% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're -% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of -% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. -% -\def\setemergencystretch{% - \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined - % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. - \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% - \else - \emergencystretch = .15\hsize - \fi -} - -% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; -% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; -% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. -% -% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define -% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. -% -\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% - \voffset = #3\relax - \topskip = #6\relax - \splittopskip = \topskip - % - \vsize = #1\relax - \advance\vsize by \topskip - \outervsize = \vsize - \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin - \pageheight = \vsize - % - \hsize = #2\relax - \outerhsize = \hsize - \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in - \pagewidth = \hsize - % - \normaloffset = #4\relax - \bindingoffset = #5\relax - % - \ifpdf - \pdfpageheight #7\relax - \pdfpagewidth #8\relax - % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of - % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. - \pdfhorigin = 1 true in - \pdfvorigin = 1 true in - \fi - % - \setleading{\textleading} - % - \parindent = \defaultparindent - \setemergencystretch -} - -% @letterpaper (the default). -\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. - \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines - {\voffset}{.25in}% - {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% - {11in}{8.5in}% -}} - -% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. -\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% - {-.2in}{0in}% - {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% - {9.25in}{7in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.3in - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .5cm -}} - -% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. -% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) -\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% - {-.2in}{-.4in}% - {0pt}{14pt}% - {9in}{6in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.25in - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .4cm -}} - -% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. -\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 - % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. - % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust - % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then - % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in - % your texinfo source file like this: - % @tex - % \global\normaloffset = -6mm - % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm - % @end tex - \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 5mm -}} - -% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. -% From [email protected], 2 July 2000. -% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. -\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt - \textleading = 12.5pt - % - \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% - {210mm}{148mm}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.2in - \tolerance = 800 - \hfuzz = 1.2pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 2mm - \tableindent = 12mm -}} - -% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. -\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% - {\voffset}{4.6mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. -\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% - {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] -% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, -% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. -% -\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} -\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi - \globaldefs = 1 - % - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \setleading{\textleading}% - % - \dimen0 = #1\relax - \advance\dimen0 by \voffset - % - \dimen2 = \hsize - \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset - % - \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% - {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% -}} - -% Set default to letter. -% -\letterpaper - - -\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} - -% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\~=\other -\catcode`\^=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode`\+=\other -\catcode`\$=\other -\def\normaldoublequote{"} -\def\normaltilde{~} -\def\normalcaret{^} -\def\normalunderscore{_} -\def\normalverticalbar{|} -\def\normalless{<} -\def\normalgreater{>} -\def\normalplus{+} -\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix - -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt -% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, -% where something hairier probably needs to be done. -% -% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print -% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero -% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all -% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches -% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from -% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway -% this is not a problem. -\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Turn off all special characters except @ -% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). -% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can -% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. - -\catcode`\"=\active -\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} -\let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active -\def~{{\tt\char126}} -\chardef\hat=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active -\def^{{\tt \hat}} - -\catcode`\_=\active -\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -\let\realunder=_ -% Subroutine for the previous macro. -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } - -\catcode`\|=\active -\def|{{\tt\char124}} -\chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active -\def<{{\tt \less}} -\chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active -\def>{{\tt \gtr}} -\catcode`\+=\active -\def+{{\tt \char 43}} -\catcode`\$=\active -\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix - -% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file -% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. -% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. -% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. -\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} - -% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after -% parsing them. -\def\turnoffactive{% - \normalturnoffactive - \otherbackslash -} - -\catcode`\@=0 - -% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, -% as in \char`\\. -\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ -\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work - -% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and -% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). -{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} - -% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash -% in fixed width font. -\catcode`\\=\active -@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}} -% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: -% @let \ = @normalbackslash - -% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. -% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with -% catcode other. -@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} -@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} - -% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of -% the literal character `\'. -% -@def@normalturnoffactive{% - @let\=@normalbackslash - @let"=@normaldoublequote - @let~=@normaltilde - @let^=@normalcaret - @let_=@normalunderscore - @let|=@normalverticalbar - @let<=@normalless - @let>=@normalgreater - @let+=@normalplus - @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix - @unsepspaces -} - -% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. -% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. -@otherifyactive - -% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. -% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing -% a backslash. -% -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} -@global@let\ = @eatinput - -% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then -% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix -% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. -% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input -% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. -% -@gdef@fixbackslash{% - @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi - @catcode`+=@active - @catcode`@_=@active -} - -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -@escapechar = `@@ - -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. -@catcode`@& = @other -@catcode`@# = @other -@catcode`@% = @other - - -@c Local variables: -@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" -@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -@c time-stamp-end: "}" -@c End: - -@c vim:sw=2: - -@ignore - arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 -@end ignore |